PIC12F683-E/SNG - Microchip Technology, Inc.

PIC12F683

Data Sheet

8-Pin Flash-Based, 8-Bit

CMOS Microcontrollers with

nanoWatt Technology

Information contained in this publication regarding device

applications a nd the like is p ro vid ed only f or yo ur c o n ve nience

and may be supers eded by updates. It is y our res po nsibilit y to

ensure that your application meets with your specifications.

MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR

WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR

OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,

INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,

QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR

FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability

arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip

devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at

the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and

hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,

suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are

conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip

intellectual property rights.

Trademarks

The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, Accur on,

dsPIC, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, microID, MPLAB, PIC,

PICmic ro, PI C START, PRO MATE, PowerSm art , rfPIC, and

SmartShunt are registered trademark s of Microchip

Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries.

AmpLab, FilterLab, Linear Active Thermistor, Migratable

Memory, MXDEV, MXLAB, PS logo, SEEVAL, SmartSensor

and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are

registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated

in the U.S.A.

Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, CodeGuard,

dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, ECAN,

ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, FlexROM, fuzzyLAB,

In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, ICEPIC, Mindi, MiWi,

MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, PICkit,

PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICLAB, PICtail, PowerCal,

PowerInf o, PowerMate, PowerTool, REAL ICE, rfLAB,

rfPICDEM, Select Mode, Smart Serial, SmartTel, Total

Endurance, UNI/O, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of

Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other

countries.

SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated

in the U.S.A.

All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their

respective companies.

Printed on recycled paper.

Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:

• Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.

• Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the

intended manner and under normal conditions.

• There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our

knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data

Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.

• Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrit y of their code.

• Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not

mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”

Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our

products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violat ion of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If suc h a c t s

allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.

Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 certification for its worldwide

headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and

T empe, Arizona, Gresham, Oregon and Mountain View , California. The

Company’s quality system processes and procedures are for its PIC®

MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping devices, Serial

EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and analog

products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design and

manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.

PIC12F683

8-Pin Flash-Based, 8-Bit CMOS Microcontrollers with

nanoWatt Technology

High-Performance RISC CPU:

• Only 35 instructions to learn:

- All single-cycle instructions except branches

• Operati ng spe ed:

- DC – 20 MHz oscillator/clock input

- DC – 200 ns instruction cycle

• Interrupt capability

• 8-level deep hardware stack

• Direct, Indirect and Relative Addressing modes

Special Microcontroller Features:

• Precision Internal Oscillator:

- Factory calibrated to ±1%, typical

- Software selectable frequency range of

8 MHz to 125 kHz

- Software tunable

- Two-Speed Start-up mode

- Crystal fail detect for critical applications

- Clock mode switching during operation for

power saving s

• Power-Saving Sleep mode

• Wide operating voltage range (2.0V-5.5V)

• Industri al and Extend ed tem pera t ure range

• Power-on Reset (POR)

• Power-up Timer (PWRT) and Oscillator Start-up

Timer (OST)

• Brown-out Reset (BOR) with software contro l

option

• Enhanced Low-Current Watchdog Timer (WDT)

with on-chip oscillator (software selectable nomi-

nal 268 seconds with full prescaler) with software

enable

• Multiplexed Master Clear with pull-up/input pin

• Programmable code protection

• High Endurance Flash/EEPROM cell:

- 100,000 writ e Flash endurance

- 1,000,000 write EEPROM endurance

- Flash/Data EEPROM Retention: > 40 years

Low-Power Features:

• Standby Current:

- 50 nA @ 2.0V, typical

• Operating Current:

-11μA @ 32 kHz, 2.0V, typical

-220μA @ 4 MHz, 2.0V, typical

• Watchdog Timer Current:

-1μA @ 2.0V, typical

Peripheral Feat ures:

• 6 I/O pins with individual direction control:

- High current source/sink for direct LED drive

- Interrupt-on-pin change

- Individually programmable weak pull-ups

- Ultra Low-Power Wake-up on GP0

• Analog Compar ator module with:

- One analog comparator

- Programmable on-chip voltage reference

(CVREF) module (% of VDD)

- Comparator inputs and output externally

accessible

• A/D Converter:

- 10-bit resolution and 4 channels

• Timer0: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit

progra mmab le pres caler

• Enhanced Timer1:

- 16-bit timer/counter with prescaler

- External Timer1 Gate (count enable)

- Option to use OSC1 and OSC2 in LP mode as

T imer1 oscillator if INTOSC mode selected

• Timer2: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period

• Capture , Comp a r e, PWM mo dul e:

- 16-bit Capture, max resolution 12.5 ns

- Compare, max resolution 200 ns

- 10-bit PWM, max frequency 20 kHz

• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) via

two pins

Device Program Memory Data Memory I/O 10-bit A/D (ch) Comparators Timers

8/16-bit

Flash (words ) SRAM (bytes ) EEPROM (byt es)

PIC12F683 2048 128 256 6 4 1 2/1

PIC12F683

8-Pin Diagram (PDIP, SOIC)

8-Pin Diagram (DFN)

8-Pin Diagram (DFN-S)

TABLE 1: 8-PIN SUMMARY

I/O Pin Analog Comparators Timer CCP Interrupts Pull-ups Basic

GP0 7AN0 CIN+ — — IOC YICSPDAT/ULPWU

GP1 6 AN1/VREF CIN- — — IOC Y ICSPCLK

GP2 5AN2 COUT T0CKI CCP1 INT/IOC Y —

GP3(1) 4— — — — IOCY

(2) MCLR/VPP

GP4 3AN3 —T1G —IOC YOSC2/CLKOUT

GP5 2 — — T1CKI — IOC Y OSC1/CLKIN

— 1 — — — — — — VDD

—8 — — — — — — VSS

Note 1: Input only.

2: Only when pin is configured for external MCLR.

VDD

GP5/T1CKI/OSC1/CLKIN

GP4/AN3/T1G/OSC2/CLKOUT

GP3/MCLR/VPP

VSS

GP0/AN0/CIN+/ICSPDAT/ULPWU

GP1/AN1/CIN-/VREF/ICSPCLK

GP2/AN2/T0CKI/INT/COUT/CCP1

PIC12F683

VSS

GP0/AN0/CIN+/ICSPDAT/ULPWU

GP1/AN1/CIN-/VREF/ICSPCLK

GP2/AN2/T0CKI/INT/COUT/CCP1

VDD

GP5/TICKI/OSC1/CLKIN

GP4/AN3/TIG/OSC2/CLKOUT

GP3/MCLR/VPP

PIC12F683

VSS

GP0/AN0/CIN+/ICSPDAT/ULPWU

GP1/AN1/CIN-/VREF/ICSPCLK

GP2/AN2/T0CKI/INT/COUT/CCP1

VDD

GP5/TICKI/OSC1/CLKIN

GP4/AN3/TIG/OSC2/CLKOUT

GP3/MCLR/VPP

© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41211D-page 3
PIC12F683
Table of Contents
1.0 Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 5
2.0 Memory O rganization................................................................................................................................................................... 7
3.0 Oscillator Module (With Fail-Safe Clock Monitor)....................................................................................................................... 19
4.0 GPIO Port................................................................................................................................................................................... 31
5.0 Timer0 Module ........................................................................................................................................................................... 41
6.0 Timer1 Module with Gate Control............................................................................................................................................... 44
7.0 Timer2 Module ........................................................................................................................................................................... 49
8.0 Comparator Module............................................. .. .... .... .. ......... .... .. .... ....... .... .... .. .... ......... .......................................................... 51
9.0 Analog-to-Digital Converter (AD C) Module ................................................................................................................................ 61
10.0 Data EEPROM Mem o ry................................ ..................... ........................... ............................................................................. 71
11.0 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Module. .... ............... ...... ............... ...... ............. ...... ............... ...... .............................................. 75
12.0 Specia l Features of the CPU.................... ............................ ..................... ................................................................................. 83
13.0 Instruction Set Summary.......................................................................................................................................................... 101
14.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 111
15.0 Electrical Specifications............................................................................................................................................................ 115
16.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Tables.......................................... .... .... .. .... ......... .... .... .. ............................................ 137
17.0 Packagin g  In fo rmation.............................. ............................ ..................... ............................................................................... 159
Appendix A: Data Sheet Revision History................................................ .... ......... .... .... .... ......... .... .. .................................................. 165
Appendix B: Migrating From Other PIC® Devices................ .. ......... .... .... .. .... ......... .... .... .. ......... .... .... .. .............................................. 165
The Micro chip Web Site.................. ............................ ................................. ...................................................................................... 171
Customer Change Notification Service........ ...... ............. ...... ............... ...... ............... ...... ............. ...................................................... 171
Customer Support................. ...... ............. ...... .... ............. ...... .... ............. ...... ............. ...... ................................................................... 171
Reader Response.............................................................................................................................................................................. 172
Product Identification System ............................................................................................................................................................ 173
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to  provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications  to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced. 
If you have  any questions o r c omm ents regarding this publication, please c ontact the M arketing Communications Department via
E-mail at docerrors@microchip.com or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We
welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of an y page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet  and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
• Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
• Your local Microc hip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include  literature number) you are
using.
Customer Noti fic atio n Syst em
Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.

PIC12F683

NOTES:

PIC12F683

1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW

The PIC12F683 is covered by this data sheet. It is

available in 8-pin PDIP, SOIC and DFN-S packages.

Figure 1-1 shows a block diagram of the PIC12F683

device. Table 1-1 shows the pinout description.

FIGURE 1-1: PIC12F683 BLOCK DIAGRAM

Flash

Program

Memory

13 Data Bus 8

Program

Bus

Instruction Reg

Program Counter

RAM

File

Registers

Direct Addr 7

RAM Addr 9

Addr MUX

Indirect

Addr

FSR Reg

STATUS Reg

MUX

ALU

W Reg

Instruction

Decode &

Control

Timing

Generation

OSC1/CLKIN

OSC2/CLKOUT

8-Level Stack 128 bytes

2k x 14

(13-bit)

Power-up

Timer

Oscillator

Start-up Timer

Power-on

Reset

Watchdog

Timer

MCLR VSS

Brown-out

Reset

1 Analog Com para tor

Timer0 Timer1

Data

EEPROM

256 bytes

EEDATA

EEADDR

GP0

GP1

GP2

GP3

GP4

GP5

AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 CIN- CIN+ COUT

T0CKI

INT

T1CKI

Configuration

Internal

Oscillator

VREF

T1G VDD

Timer2 CCP

Block CCP1

CVREF

Analog- t o-D ig ital Conv erter

PIC12F683

TABLE 1-1: PIC12F683 PINOUT DESCRIPTION

Name Function Input

Type Output

Type Description

VDD VDD Power — Positive supply

GP5/T1CKI/OSC1/CLKIN GP5 TTL CMOS GPIO I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change

T1CKI ST — Timer1 clock

OSC1 XTAL — Crystal/Resonator

CLKIN ST — Extern al clock input/RC oscillator connection

GP4/AN3/T1G/OSC2/CLKOUT GP4 TTL CMOS GPIO I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change

AN3 AN — A/D Channel 3 input

T1G ST — T imer1 gate

OSC2 — XTAL Crystal/Resonator

CLKOUT — CMOS FOSC/4 output

GP3/MCLR/VPP GP3 TTL — GPIO input with interrupt-on-change

MCLR ST — Master Clear with internal pull-up

VPP HV — Programming voltage

GP2/AN2/T0CKI/INT/COUT/CCP1 GP2 ST CMOS GPIO I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change

AN2 AN — A/D Channel 2 input

T0CKI ST — Timer0 clock input

INT S T — External Interrupt

COUT — CMOS Comparator 1 output

CCP1 ST CMOS Capture input/Compare output/PWM output

GP1/AN1/CIN-/VREF/ICSPCLK GP1 TTL CMOS GPIO I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change

AN1 AN — A/D Channel 1 input

CIN- AN — Comparator 1 input

VREF AN — External Voltage Reference for A/D

ICSPCLK ST — Ser ial Programm ing Clock

GP0/AN0/CIN+/ICSPD AT/ULPWU GP0 TTL CMOS GPIO I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change

AN0 AN — A/D Channel 0 input

CIN+ AN — Comparator 1 input

ICSPDAT ST CMOS Serial Programming Data I/O

ULPWU AN — Ultra Low-Power Wake-up input

VSS VSS Power — Ground reference

Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output

TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels

HV = High Voltage XTA L = Crystal

PIC12F683

2.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION

2.1 Program Memory Organization

The PIC12F683 has a 13-bit program counter capable

of addr essing an 8k x 14 program m emory spac e. Only

the first 2k x 14 (0000h-07FFh) for the PIC12F683 is

physically implemented. Accessing a location above

these boundaries will cause a wraparound within the

first 2K x 14 space. The Reset vector is at 0000h and

the interrupt vector is at 0004h (see Figure 2-1).

FIGURE 2-1: PROGRAM MEMORY M AP

AND STACK FOR THE

PIC12F683

2.2 Data Memory Organization

The dat a memory (see Figure 2-2) is p artitioned into two

banks, which contain the General Purpose Registers

(GPR) and the Special Function Registers (SFR). The

Special Function Registers are located in the first 32

locations of each bank. Register locations 20h-7Fh in

Bank 0 and A0h-BFh in Bank 1 are General Purpose

Registers, implemented as static RAM. Register

locations F0h-FFh in Bank 1 point to addresses 70h-7Fh

in Bank 0. All other RAM is unimplemented and returns

‘0’ when read. RP0 of the STATUS register is the bank

select bit.

RP0

0→Bank 0 is selected

1→Bank 1 is selected

PC<12:0>

0000h

0004h

0005h

07FFh

0800h

1FFFh

Stack Level 1

Stack Level 8

Reset V ector

Interrupt Vector

On-chip Program

Memory

CALL, RETURN

RETFIE, RETLW

Stack Level 2

Wraps to 0000h-07FF h

Note: The IRP and RP1 bits of the STATUS

be maintained as ‘0’s.

PIC12F683

2.2. 1 GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTE R

FILE

The register file is organized as 128 x 8 in the

PIC12F683. Each register is accessed, either directly

or indirectly, through the File Select Register FSR (see

Section 2.4 “Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR

Registers”).

2.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS

The Special Function Registers are registers used by

the CPU and peripheral functions for controlling the

desired operation of the device (see Table 2-1). These

registers are static RAM.

The special registers can be classified into two sets:

core and peripheral. The Special Function Registers

assoc iated with th e “core” are described in this sec tion.

Those related to the operation of the peripheral

features are described in the section of that peripheral

feature.

FIGURE 2-2: DATA MEMORY MAP OF

THE PIC12F 68 3

Indirect addr.(1)

TMR0

PCL

STATUS

FSR

GPIO

PCLATH

INTCON

PIR1

TMR1L

TMR1H

T1CON

00h

01h

02h

03h

04h

05h

06h

07h

08h

09h

0Ah

0Bh

0Ch

0Dh

0Eh

0Fh

10h

11h

12h

13h

14h

15h

16h

17h

18h

19h

1Ah

1Bh

1Ch

1Dh

1Eh

1Fh

20h

7Fh

BANK 0

Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.

Note 1: Not a physical register.

CMCON0 VRCON

General

Purpose

Registers

96 Bytes

EEDAT

EEADR

EECON2(1)

File

Address File

Address

WPU

IOC

Indirect addr.(1)

OPTION_REG

PCL

STATUS

FSR

TRISIO

PCLATH

INTCON

PIE1

PCON

80h

81h

82h

83h

84h

85h

86h

87h

88h

89h

8Ah

8Bh

8Ch

8Dh

8Eh

8Fh

90h

91h

92h

93h

94h

95h

96h

97h

98h

99h

9Ah

9Bh

9Ch

9Dh

9Eh

9Fh

A0h

FFh

BANK 1

ADRESH

ADCON0

EECON1

ADRESL

ANSEL

BFh

General

Purpose

Registers

32 Bytes

Accesses 70h-7Fh F0h

TMR2

T2CON

CCPR1L

CCPR1H

CCP1CON

WDTCON

CMCON1

OSCCON

OSCTUNE

PR2

C0h

EFh

© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41211D-page 9
PIC12F683
TABLE 2-1: PIC12F683 SPECIAL REGISTERS SUMMARY BANK 0 
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2  Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on 
POR, BOR Page
Bank 0
00h INDF Addressing  this location use s contents of  FSR to address data memory (no t a physical registe r) xxxx xxxx 17, 90
01h T MR0 Timer0 Module Register xxxx xxxx 41, 90
02h PCL Program Counter’s (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 17, 90
03h STATUS IRP(1) RP1(1) RP0 TO PD ZDCC0001 1xxx 11, 90
04h FSR Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer xxxx xxxx 17, 90
05h GPIO —— GP5 GP4 GP3 GP2 GP1 GP0 --xx xxxx 31, 90
06h —Unimplemented — —
07h —Unimplemented — —
08h —Unimplemented — —
09h —Unimplemented — —
0Ah PCLATH — — — Write Buffer for upper 5 bits of Program Counter ---0 0000 17, 90
0Bh INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 13, 90
0Ch PIR1 EEIF ADIF CCP1IF — CMIF OSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF 000- 0000 15, 90
0Dh —Unimplemented — —
0Eh TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 xxxx xxxx 44, 90
0Fh T MR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 xxxx xxxx 44, 90
10h T1CON T1GINV TMR1GE T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 47, 90
11h
TMR2 Timer2 Module Regist er 0000 0000 49, 90
12h
T2CON — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 50, 90
13h CCP R1L Capture/Com pare/PWM Register 1 Low Byte xxxx xxxx 76, 90
14h CCP R1H Cap ture/Com pare/PWM Register 1 High Byte xxxx xxxx 76, 90
15h CCP1CON —— DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 75, 90
16h —Unimplemented — —
17h —Unimplemented — —
18h WDTCON — — — WDTPS3 WDTPS2 WDTPS1 WDTPS0 SWDTEN ---0 1000 97, 90
19h CMCON0 —COUT —CINV CIS CM2 CM1 CM0 -0-0 0000 56, 90
1Ah CMCON1 — — — — — — T1GSS CMSYNC ---- --10 57, 90
1Bh —Unimplemented — —
1Ch —Unimplemented — —
1Dh —Unimplemented — —
1Eh ADRESH Most Significant 8 bits of the left shifted A/D result or 2 bits of right shifted result  xxxx xxxx 61,90
1Fh ADCON0 ADFM VCFG —— CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON 00-- 0000 65,90
Legend: – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown, q = value depends on condition, 
shaded = unimplemented
Note 1: IRP and RP1 bits are reserved, always maintain these bits clear.

PIC12F683
DS41211D-page 10 © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 2-2: PIC12F683 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY BANK 1
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 B it 3 Bit 2  Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on 
POR, BOR Page
Bank 1
80h INDF Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx 17, 90
81h
OPTION_REG
GPPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 12, 90
82h P CL Program Counter’s (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 17, 90
83h STATUS IRP(1) RP1(1) RP0 TO PD ZDCC0001 1xxx 11, 90
84h FSR Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer xxxx xxxx 17, 90
85h TRISIO —— TRISIO5 TRISIO4 TRISIO3 TRISIO2 TRISIO1 TRISIO0 --11 1111 32, 90
86h —Unimplemented — —
87h —Unimplemented — —
88h —Unimplemented — —
89h —Unimplemented — —
8Ah PCLATH — — — Write Buffer for upper 5 bits of Program Count er ---0 0000 17, 90
8Bh INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 13, 90
8Ch PIE1 EEIE ADIE CCP1IE — CMIE OSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE 000- 0000 14, 90
8Dh —Unimplemented — —
8Eh PCON —— ULPWUE SBOREN ——PORBOR --01 --qq 16, 90
8Fh OSCCON — IRCF2 IRCF1 IRCF0 OSTS(2) HTS LTS SCS -110 x000 20, 90
90h OSCTUNE — — — TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 ---0 0000 24, 90
91h —Unimplemented — —
92h PR2 Timer2 Module Period Register 1111 1111 49, 90
93h —Unimplemented — —
94h —Unimplemented — —
95h WPU(3) ——WPU5WPU4— WPU2 WPU1 WPU0 --11 -111 34, 90
96h IOC —— IOC5 IOC4 IOC3 IOC2 IOC1 IOC0 --00 0000 34, 90
97h —Unimplemented — —
98h —Unimplemented — —
99h VRCON VREN —VRR— VR3 VR2 VR1 VR0 0-0- 0000 58, 90
9Ah EEDAT EEDAT7 EEDAT6 EEDAT5 EEDAT4 EEDAT3 EEDAT2 EEDAT1 EEDAT0 0000 0000 71, 90
9Bh EEADR EEADR7 EEADR6 EEADR5 EEADR4 EEADR3 EEADR2 EEADR1 EEADR0 0000 0000 71, 90
9Ch EECON1 ———— WRERR WREN WR RD ---- x000 72, 91
9Dh EECON2 EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register) ---- ---- 72, 91
9Eh ADRE SL Least Significant 2 bits of the left shifted result or 8 bits of the right shifted result xxxx xxxx 66, 91
9Fh ANSEL — ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 ANS3 ANS2 ANS1 ANS0 -000 1111 33, 91
Legend: – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’, u = unc hanged, x = unknown, q = value depends on condition, 
shaded = unimplemented
Note 1: IRP and RP1 bits are reserved, always maintain these bits clear.
2: OSTS bit of the OSCCON register reset to ‘0’ with Dual Speed Start-up and LP, HS or XT selected as the oscillator.
3: GP3 pull-up is enabled when MCLRE is ‘1’ in the Configuration Word register.

PIC12F683

2.2.2.1 STATUS Register

The S TATUS registe r, shown i n Register 2-1, cont a ins :

• Arithmetic status of the ALU

• Reset status

• Ban k sele ct bits for data memory (S RAM)

The STATUS register can be the destination for any

instruction, like any other register. If the STATUS

the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is

disabl ed. These bit s are set or clea red according to the

device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not

writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the

STATUS register as destination may be different than

intended.

For exam pl e, CLRF STATUS, will c lea r the up per three

bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register

as 000u u1uu (where u = unchanged).

It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF,

SWAPF and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the

STATUS register, because these instructions do not

affect any Status bits. For other instructions not affect-

ing any S tat us bits, see the “In struction Set Summary”.

Note 1: Bits IRP a nd RP1 of th e STATUS register

are not used by the PIC12F683 and

should be maintained as clear. Use of

these b its is n ot reco mmen ded, s ince this

may affect upward compatibility with

future products.

2: The C and DC bits operate as a Borrow

and Digit Borrow out bit, respectively, in

subtraction.

Reserved Reserved R/W-0 R-1 R-1 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x

IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD ZDCC

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 IRP: This bit is reserved and should be maintained as ‘0’

bit 6 RP1: This bit is reserved and should be maintained as ‘0’

bit 5 RP0: Register Bank Select bit (used for direct addressing)

1 = Bank 1 (80h – FFh)

0 = Bank 0 (00h – 7Fh)

bit 4 TO: Time-out bit

1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction

0 = A WDT time-out occurred

bit 3 PD: Power-down bit

1 = After power-up or by th e CLRWDT instruction

0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction

bit 2 Z: Zero bit

1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero

0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero

bit 1 DC: Digit Carry/Borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW,SUBLW,SUBWF instructions), For Borrow, the polarity is

reversed.

1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred

0 = No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result

bit 0 C: Carry/Borrow bit(1) (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions)

1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred

0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred

Note 1: For Borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the

second operand. For rot ate (RRF, RLF) instructi ons, this bit is loaded with either the high-orde r or low-o rder

bit of the source register.

PIC12F683

2.2.2.2 OPTION Register

The OPTION register is a readable and writable

configure:

• TMR0/WDT prescaler

• External GP2 /INT inte rrup t

•TMR0

• Weak pull-ups on GPIO

Note: To achieve a 1:1 prescaler assignment for

Timer0, assign the prescaler to the WDT

by setting PSA bit of the OPTION register

to ‘1’ See Section 5.1.3 “Software Pro-

grammable Prescaler”.

R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

GPPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 GPPU: GPIO Pull-up Enable bit

1 = GPIO pull-ups are disabled

0 = GPIO pull-ups are enabled by individual PORT latch values in WPU register

bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit

1 = Interrupt on rising edge of INT pin

0 = Interrupt on falling edge of INT pin

bit 5 T0CS: Timer0 Clock Sou rce Sel ect bit

1 = Transit ion on T0CKI pin

0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (FOSC/4)

bit 4 T0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit

1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin

0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin

bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assig nment bit

1 = Prescaler is assigned to the WDT

0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module

bit 2-0 PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits

Note 1: A dedicated 1 6-bit WDT postscale r is available. See Section 12.6 “Watchdog Timer (WDT)” for more

information.

000

001

010

011

100

101

110

111

1 : 2

1 : 4

1 : 8

1 : 16

1 : 32

1 : 64

1 : 128

1 : 256

1 : 1

1 : 2

1 : 4

1 : 8

1 : 16

1 : 32

1 : 64

1 : 128

BIT VALUE TIMER0 RATE WD T RATE

PIC12F683

2.2.2.3 INTCON Register

The INTCON register is a readable and writable

for TMR0 re gis ter overflow, GPIO chan ge and externa l

GP2/INT pin interrupts.

Note: Interru pt flag bit s are set w hen an interr upt

condition occurs, regardless of the state of

its corresponding enable bit or the global

enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register.

User software should ensure the appropri-

ate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to

enabling an interrupt.

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enables all unmasked interrupts

0 = Disables all interrupts

bit 6 PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enables all unmasked peripheral interrupts

0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts

bit 5 T0IE: Timer0 Ov erfl ow Interru pt Enab le bit

1 = Enables the Timer0 interrupt

0 = Disables the Timer0 interrupt

bit 4 INTE: GP2/INT External Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enables the GP2/INT external interrupt

0 = Disables the GP2/INT external interrupt

bit 3 GPIE: GPIO Change Interrupt Enable bit(1)

1 = Enables the GPIO change interrupt

0 = Disables the GPIO change interrupt

bit 2 T0IF: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit(2)

1 = Timer0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software)

0 = Timer0 register did not overflow

bit 1 INTF: GP2/INT External Interrupt Flag bit

1 = The GP2/INT external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)

0 = The GP2/INT external interrupt did not occur

bit 0 GPIF: GPIO Change Interrupt Flag bit

1 = When at least one of the GPIO <5:0> pins changed state (must be cleared in software)

0 = None of the GPIO <5:0> pins have changed state

Note 1: IOC register must also be enabled.

2: T0IF bit is set when TMR0 rolls over. TMR0 is unchanged on Reset and should be initialized before

clearing T0IF bit.

PIC12F683

2.2.2.4 PIE1 Regist er

The PIE1 regis te r con t ai ns th e in terrupt enable bi t s, a s

shown in Register 2-4.

Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be

set to enable any peripheral interrupt.

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

EEIE ADIE CCP1IE — CMIE OSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 EEIE: EE Write Complete Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enables the EE write complete interrupt

0 = Disables the EE write complete interrupt

bit 6 ADIE: A/D Converter (ADC) Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enables the ADC interrupt

0 = Disables the ADC interrupt

bit 5 CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enables the CCP1 interrupt

0 = Disables the CCP1 interrupt

bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 3 CMIE: Comparator Interr upt Enable bit

1 = Enables the Comparator 1 interrupt

0 = Disables the Comparator 1 interrupt

bit 2 OSFIE: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enables the oscillator fail interrupt

0 = Disables the oscillator fail inter rupt

bit 1 TMR2IE: Timer2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt

0 = Disables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt

bit 0 TMR1IE: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enables the Timer1 overflow interrupt

0 = Disables the Timer1 overflow interrupt

PIC12F683

2.2.2.5 PIR1 Register

The PIR1 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as

shown in Register 2-5.

Note: Interru pt flag bi ts are set when an interrupt

conditi on occ urs, regar dless o f the s tate of

its corresponding enable bit or the global

enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register.

User so ftware sh ould ensu re the approp ri-

ate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to

enabling an interrupt.

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

EEIF ADIF CCP1IF — CMIF OSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 EEIF: EEPROM Write Operation Interrupt Flag bit

1 = The write operation completed (must be cleared in software)

0 = The write operation has not completed or has not been started

bit 6 ADIF: A/D Interrupt Flag bit

1 = A/D conversion complete

0 = A/D conversion has not completed or has not been started

bit 5 CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit

Capture mode:

1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)

0 = No TMR1 register captu re occurred

Compare mode:

1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)

0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred

PWM mode:

Unused in this mode

bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 3 CMIF: Comparator Interrupt Flag bit

1 = Comparator 1 output has changed (must be cleared in software)

0 = Comparator 1 output has not changed

bit 2 OSFIF: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Flag bit

1 = System oscillator failed, clock input has changed to INTOSC (must be cleared in software)

0 = System clock operating

bit 1 TMR2IF: Timer2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Flag bit

1 = Timer2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software)

0 = Timer2 to PR2 match has not occurred

bit 0 TMR1IF: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit

1 = Timer1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)

0 = Timer1 has not overflowed

PIC12F683

2.2.2.6 PCON Regist er

The Power Control (PCON) register contains flag bits

(see Table 12-2) to differentiate between a:

• Power-on Reset (POR)

• Brown-out Reset (BOR)

• Watchdog Timer Reset (WDT)

• External MCLR Reset

The PCON register also controls the Ultra Low-Power

Wake-up and software enable of the BOR.

The PCON register bits are shown in Register 2-6.

U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-x

—— ULPWUE SBOREN ——PORBOR

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 5 ULPWUE: Ultra Low-Power Wake-Up Enable bit

1 = Ultra Low-Power Wake-up enabled

0 = Ultra Low-Power Wake-up disabled

bit 4 SBOREN: Software BOR Enable bit(1)

1 = BOR enabled

0 = BOR disabled

bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 1 POR: Power-on Reset Status bit

1 = No Power-on Reset occurred

0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)

bit 0 BOR: Brown- out R eset Status bit

1 = No Brown-out Reset occurred

0 = A Brown-ou t Res et o ccurre d (m us t be se t in sof tw are afte r a Power-on Reset o r Brow n- out Re set

occurs)

Note 1: Set BOREN<1:0> = 01 in the Configuration Word register for this bit to control the BOR.

PIC12F683

2.3 PCL and PCLATH

The Program Counter (PC) is 13 bits wide. The low byte

comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and

writable register. The high byte (PC<12:8>) is not

directly readable or writable and comes from PCLATH.

On any Reset, the PC is cleared. Figure 2-3 shows the

two situations for the loading of the PC. The upper

example in Figure 2-3 shows how the PC is loaded on a

write to PCL (PCLATH<4:0> → PCH). The lower exam-

ple in Figure 2-3 shows how the PC is loaded during a

CALL or GOTO instruction (PCLATH<4:3> → PCH).

FIGURE 2-3: LOADING OF PC IN

DIFFERENT SITUATIONS

2.3.1 COMPUTED GOTO

A comput ed GOTO is a ccom pli shed by addi ng a n offset

to the program counter (ADDWF PCL). When perform-

ing a table read using a computed GOTO method, care

should be ex ercise d if th e t able loca tion c rosse s a PCL

memory boundary (each 256-byte block). Refer to the

Application Note AN556, “Implementing a Table Read”

(DS00556).

2.3.2 STACK

The PIC12F683 family has an 8-level x 13-bit wide

hardware stack (see Figure 2-1). The stack space is

not part of either program or data space and the Stack

Pointer is not readable or writable. The PC is PUSHed

onto the stac k whe n a CALL instruction is executed or

an interrupt causes a branch. The stack is POPed in

the event of a RETURN, RETLW or a RETFIE instruction

execution. PCLATH is not affected by a PUSH or POP

operation.

The st ack operates as a circular buf fer . This means that

after the stack has been PUSHed eight times, the ninth

push ove rwrite s the va lue tha t was s tored fro m the firs t

push. The tenth pus h ov erw ri tes the second pus h (an d

so on).

2.4 Indirect Addressing, INDF and

FSR Registers

The INDF register is no t a physical reg ister . Addr essing

the INDF register will cause indirect addressing.

Indirect addressing is possible by using the INDF

actually accesses data pointed to by the File Select

produce 00h. Writing to the INDF register indirectly

results in a no operation (although Status bits may be

affected). An effective 9-bit address is obtained by

concatenating the 8-bit FSR register and the IRP bit of

the STATUS register, as shown in Figure 2-4.

A simple program to clear RAM location 20h-2Fh using

indirect addressing is shown in Example 2-1.

EXAMPLE 2-1: INDIRECT ADDRESSING

12 8 7 0

5PCLATH<4:0>

PCLATH

Instruction with

ALU Result

GOTO, CALL

OPCODE<10:0>

12 11 10 0

PCLATH<4:3>

PCH PCL

PCLATH

PCH PCL

PCL as

Destination

Note 1: There are no Status bits to indicate stack

overflow or stack underflow conditions.

2: There are no instructions/mnemonics

called PUSH or POP. These are actions

that occur from the execution of the

CALL, RETURN, RETLW and RETFIE

instructions or the vectoring to an

interr upt add ress.

MOVLW 0x20 ;initialize pointer

MOVWF FSR ;to RAM

NEXT CLRF INDF ;clear INDF register

INCF FSR ;inc pointer

BTFSS FSR,4 ;all done?

GOTO NEXT ;no clear next

CONTINUE ;yes continue

PIC12F683

FIGURE 2-4: DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING PIC12F683

For memory map detail, see Figure 2-2.

Note 1: The RP1 and IRP bits are reserv ed; always maintain these bits clear.

Data

Memory

Indirect AddressingDirect Addressing

Bank Select Location Select

RP1(1) RP0 6 0

From Opcode IRP(1) File Select Register

Bank Select Location Select

00 01 10 11 180h

1FFh

00h

7Fh

Bank 0 Bank 1 B ank 2 Bank 3

Not Used

PIC12F683

3.0 OSCILLATOR MODULE (WITH

FAIL-SAFE CLOCK MONITOR)

3.1 Overview

The Oscillator module has a wide variety of clock

sources and selection features that allow it to be used

in a wide range of applications while maximizing perf or-

mance and minimizing power consumption. Figure 3-1

illustrates a block diagram of the Oscillator module.

Clock sources can be configured from external

oscilla tors, quartz crystal resonators , ceramic resonators

and Resistor-Capacitor (RC) circuits. In addition, the

system clock source can be configured from one of two

internal oscillators, with a choice of speeds selectable via

software. Addi tio nal clo ck feat ures inc lud e:

• Selectable system clock source between external

or internal via sof tware.

• Two-Speed Start-up mode, which minimizes

latency between external oscillator start-up and

code execution.

• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) designed to

detect a failure of the external clock source (LP,

XT, HS, EC or RC modes) and switch

automatically to the internal oscillator.

The Os cillator mod ule can be c onfigured in one of eig ht

clock modes.

1. EC – External clock with I/O on O SC2/CLKOUT.

2. LP – 32 kHz Low-Power Crystal mode.

3. XT – Medium Gain Crystal or Ceramic

Resonator Oscillator mode.

4. HS – High Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator

mode.

5. RC – External Resistor-Capacitor (RC) with

FOSC/4 output on OSC2/CLKOUT.

6. RCIO – External Resistor-Capacitor (RC) with

I/O on OSC2/CLKOUT.

7. INTOSC – Internal oscillator with FOSC/4 output

on OSC2 and I/O on OSC1/CLKIN.

8. INTOSCIO – Internal oscillator with I/O on

OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT.

Clock Source modes are configured by the FOSC<2:0>

bits in the Configuration Word register (CONFIG). The

internal clock can be generated from two internal

oscillators. The HFINTOSC is a calibrated

high-frequency oscillator. The LFINTOSC is an

uncalibrated low-frequency oscillator.

FIGURE 3-1: PIC® MCU CLOCK SOURCE BLOCK DIAGRAM

(CP U and Peripherals)

OSC1

OSC2

Sleep

External Oscillator

LP, XT, HS, RC, RCIO, EC

System Clock

Postscaler

MUX

8 MHz

4 MHz

2 MHz

1 MHz

500 kHz

125 kHz

250 kHz

IRCF<2:0>

111

110

101

100

011

010

001

000

31 kHz

Power-up Timer (PWRT)

FOSC<2:0>

(Configuration Word Register)

SCS<0>

(OSCCON Register)

Internal Oscillator

(OSCCON Register)

Watchdog Timer (WDT)

Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM)

HFINTOSC

8 MHz

LFINTOSC

31 kHz

INTOSC

PIC12F683

3.2 Oscillator Control

The Oscillator Control (OSCCON) register (Figure 3-1)

controls the system clock and frequency selection

options. The OSCCON register contains the following

bits:

• Frequency selection bits (IRCF)

• Frequency Status bits (HTS, LTS)

• System clock control bits (OSTS, SCS)

U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-0 R-1 R-0 R-0 R/W-0

— IRCF2 IRCF1 IRCF0 OSTS(1) HTS LTS SCS

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-4 IRCF<2:0>: Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits

111 =8MHz

110 = 4 MHz (default)

101 =2MHz

100 =1MHz

011 =500kHz

010 =250kHz

001 =125kHz

000 = 31 kHz (LFINTOSC)

bit 3 OSTS: Oscillator Start-up Time-out Status bit(1)

1 = Device is running from the external clock defined by FOSC<2:0> of the Configuration Word register

0 = Device is running from the internal oscillator (HFINTOSC or LF INTOSC)

bit 2 HTS: HFINTOSC Status bit (High Frequency – 8 MHz to 125 kHz)

1 = HFINTOSC is stable

0 = HFINTOSC is not stable

bit 1 LTS: LFINTOSC Stable bit (Low Frequency – 31 kHz)

1 = LFINT OSC is stable

0 = LFINTOSC is not st abl e

bit 0 SCS: System Clock Select bit

1 = Internal oscillator is used for system clock

0 = Clock source defined by FOSC<2:0> of the Configuration Word register

Note 1: Bit resets to ‘0’ with Two-Speed Start-up and LP, XT or HS selected as the Oscillator mode or Fail-Safe

mode is enable d.

PIC12F683

3.3 Clock Source Modes

Clock Source modes can be classified as external or

internal.

• External Clock mod es rely on e xternal circui try fo r

the clock source. Examples are: Oscillator mod-

ules (EC mode), quartz crystal resonators or

ceramic resonators (LP, XT and HS modes) and

Resistor-Capacito r (RC ) mode circuits.

• Internal clock sources are contained internally

within the Oscillator module. The Oscillator

module has two internal oscillators: the 8 MHz

High-Frequency Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC)

and the 31 kHz Low -Frequency Internal Os cillator

(LFINTOSC).

The syste m cl oc k ca n be selected betw ee n ex tern al or

internal clock sources via the System Clock Select

(SCS) bit of the OSCCON register. See Section 3.6

“Clock Switching” for additional information.

3.4 External Clock Modes

3.4.1 OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER (OST)

If the Oscillator module is configured for LP, XT or HS

modes, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) counts

1024 oscillations from OSC1. This occurs following a

Power-on Reset (POR) and when the Power-up Timer

(PWRT) has expired (if configured), or a wake-up from

Sleep. During this time, the program counter does not

increment and program execution is suspended. The

OST ensures that the oscillator circuit, using a quartz

cryst al res onator o r ce ramic res onator, has st arte d and

is providing a stable system clock to the Oscillator

module. When switching between clock sources, a

delay is required to allow the new clock to stabilize.

These oscillator delays are shown in Table 3-1.

In order to mi nimize laten cy between externa l oscillator

start-up and code execution, the Two-Speed Clock

Start-up mode can be selected (see Section 3.7

“Two-Speed Clock Start-up Mode”).

TABLE 3-1: OSCILLATOR DELAY EXAMPLES

3.4.2 EC MODE

The External Clock (EC) mode allows an externally

generated logic level as the system clock source. When

operating in this mode, an external clock source is

connected to the OSC1 input and the OSC2 is available

for general purpose I/O. Figure 3-2 shows the pin

connections for EC mode.

The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is disabled when

EC mode is selected. Therefore, there is no delay in

operation after a Power-on Reset (POR) or wake-up

from Sleep. Because the PIC® MCU design is fully

static, stopping the external clock input will have the

effect of halting the device while leaving all data intact.

Upon restarting the external clock, the device will

resume operation as if no time had elapsed.

FIGURE 3-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK (EC)

MODE OPERATION

Switch From Switch To Frequency Oscillator Delay

Sleep/POR LFINTOSC

HFINTOSC 31 kHz

125 kHz to 8 MHz Oscillator Warm-Up Delay (TWARM)

Sleep/POR EC, RC DC – 20 MHz 2 instruction cycles

LFINTOSC (31 kHz) EC, RC DC – 20 MHz 1 cycle of each

Sleep/POR LP, XT, HS 32 kHz to 20 MHz 1024 Cl oc k Cyc les (OST)

LFINTOSC (31 kHz) HFINTOSC 125 kHz to 8 MHz 1 μs (approx.)

OSC1/CLKIN

OSC2/CLKOUT(1)

I/O

Clock from

Ext. System PIC® MCU

Note 1: Alternat e pin functions are listed in the

Device Overview.

PIC12F683

3.4.3 LP, XT, HS MODES

The LP, XT and HS modes support the use of quartz

crystal resonators or ceramic resonators connected to

OSC1 a nd OSC2 (Figur e 3-3). The mod e selects a low ,

medium or high gain setting of the internal

inverter-amplifier to support various resonator types

and speed.

LP Oscillator mode select s the lowest gain setting of the

internal inverter-amplifier . LP mode current consumption

is the least of the three mo des. This mode is designed to

drive only 32.768 kHz tuning-fork type crystals (watch

crystals).

XT Oscillator mode selects the intermediate gain

setting of the internal inverter-amplifier. XT mode

current c onsumption is the medium of the three mo des.

This mode is best suited to drive resonators with a

medium drive level specification.

HS Oscillator mode selects the highest gain setting of the

internal inverter-amplifier . HS mode current consumption

is the highest of the three modes. This mode is best

suited fo r reso nato rs that require a h igh driv e s ettin g.

Figure 3-3 and Figure 3-4 show typical circuits for

quartz crystal and ceramic resonators, respectively.

FIGURE 3-3: QUARTZ CRYSTAL

OPERATION (LP, XT OR

HS MODE)

FIGURE 3-4: CERAMIC RESONATOR

OPERATION

(XT OR HS MODE)

Note 1: A series resistor (RS) may be required for

quartz crystals with low drive level.

2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode

selected (typically between 2 MΩ to 10 MΩ).

Quartz

RS(1)

OSC1/CLKIN

RF(2) Sleep

To Internal

Logic

PIC® MCU

Crystal

OSC2/CLKOUT

Note 1: Quartz crystal characteristics vary according

to type, package and manufacturer. The

user should consult the manufacturer data

sheet s fo r spec ifica tions and re comm ende d

application.

2: Always veri fy os ci lla tor performance ov er

the VDD and temperature range that is

expected for the application.

3: For oscillator de sign assistance, re ference

the following Microchip Applications Notes:

• AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and

Crystal Selection for rfPIC® and PIC®

Devices” (DS00826)

• AN849, “Basic PIC® Oscillator Design”

(DS00849)

• AN943, “Practical PIC® Oscillator

Analysis and Design” (DS00943)

• AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work”

(DS00949)

Note 1: A series resistor (RS) may be required for

ceramic resonators with low drive level.

2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode

selected (typically between 2 MΩ to 10 M Ω).

3: An additional parallel feedback resistor (RP)

may be required for proper ceramic resonator

operation.

C2 Ceramic RS(1)

OSC1/CLKIN

RF(2) Sleep

To Internal

Logic

PIC® MCU

RP(3)

Resonator OSC2/CLKOUT

PIC12F683

3.4.4 EXTERNAL RC MODES

The external Resistor-Capacitor (RC) modes support

the use of an external RC circuit. This allows the

designer maximum flexibility in frequency choice while

keeping costs to a minimum when clock accuracy is not

required. There are two modes: RC and RCIO.

In RC mode, the RC circuit connects to OSC1.

OSC2/CLKOUT outputs the RC oscillator frequency

divide d by 4. This signal ma y b e u se d to pro vide a clock

for external circuitry, synchronization, calibration, test

or other application requirements. Figure 3-5 shows

the external RC mode connections.

FIGURE 3-5: EXTERNAL RC MODES

In RCIO mode, the RC circuit is connected to OSC1.

OSC2 becomes an additional general purpose I/O pin.

The RC oscillator frequency is a function of the supply

voltage, the resis tor (REXT) and capacitor (CEXT) values

and the operating temperature. Other factors affecting

the oscillator frequency are:

• threshold voltage variation

• component tolerances

• pack aging var iations in capacitanc e

The user also needs to take into account variation due

to tolerance of external RC components used.

3.5 Internal Clock Modes

The Oscillator module has two independent, internal

oscillators that can be configured or selected as the

system clock source.

1. The HFINTOSC (High-Frequency Internal

Oscillator) is factory calibrated and operates at

8 MHz. The f requenc y o f the HFINT O SC can be

use r-ad just ed via software using the OSCTUNE

2. The LFINTOSC (Low-Frequency Internal

Oscillator) is uncalibrated and operates at 31 kHz.

The sys tem cloc k speed can b e select ed via soft ware

using the Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits

IRCF<2:0> of the OSCCON register.

The syste m cl oc k can be selected between ext erna l or

inte rnal cloc k sources via the S ystem Clo ck Select ion

(SCS) bit of the OSCCON register. See Section 3.6

“Clock Switching” for more information.

3.5.1 INTOSC AND INTOSCIO MODES

The INTOSC and INTOSCIO modes configure the

internal oscillators as the system clock source when

the devi ce is pr ogrammed using the o scillato r selectio n

or the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Word

Features of the CPU” for more information.

In INTOSC mode, OSC 1/CLKIN is av ailable for general

purpose I/O. OSC2/CLKOUT outputs the selected

internal oscillator fre quency divide d by 4. The CLKO UT

signal may be used to provide a clock for external

circuitry, synchronization, calibration, test or other

application requirements.

In INTOSCIO mode, OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT

are available for general purpose I/O.

3.5.2 HFINTOSC

The High-Fre quency Int ernal Oscil lator (HFINT OSC) is

a factory calibrated 8 MHz internal clock source. The

frequency of the HFINTOSC can be altered via

software using the OSCTUNE register (Register 3-2).

The output of the HFINTOSC connects to a postscaler

and multiplexer (see Figure 3-1). One of seven

frequencies can be selected via software using the

IRCF<2:0> bits of the OSCCON register. See

Section 3.5.4 “Frequency Select Bits (IRCF)” for

more information.

The HFINTOSC is enabled by selecting any frequency

betwee n 8 MHz and 125 kHz b y set ting th e I RCF<2:0 >

bits of the OSCCON register ≠000. Then, set the

System Clock Source (SCS) bit of the OSCCON

the IESO bit in the Configuration Word register

(CONFIG) to ‘1’.

The HF Internal Oscillator (HTS) bit of the OSCCON

OSC2/CLKOUT(1)

CEXT

REXT

PIC® MCU

OSC1/CLKIN

FOSC/4 o r

Internal

Clock

VDD

VSS

Recommended values: 10 kΩ ≤ REXT ≤ 100 kΩ, <3V

3 kΩ ≤ REXT ≤ 100 kΩ, 3-5V

CEXT > 20 pF, 2-5V

Note 1: Alternate pin functions are listed in the Device

Overview.

2: Output depen ds upon R C or R CIO clo ck mo de

I/O(2)

PIC12F683

3.5.2.1 OSCTUNE Register

The HFINTOSC is factory calibrated but can be

adjusted in software by writing to the OSCTUNE

The default value of the OSCTUNE register is ‘0’. The

value is a 5-bit two’s complement number.

When the OSCTUNE register is modified, the

HFINTOSC frequency will begin shifting to the new

frequency. Code execution continues during this shift.

There is no indication that the shift has occurred.

OSCTUNE does not affect the LFINTOSC frequency.

Operation of features that depend on the LFINTOSC

clock source frequency, such as the Power-up Timer

(PWRT), Watchdog Timer (WDT), Fail-Safe Clock

Monitor (FSCM) and p eripherals, are not affected by the

change in frequency.

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 4-0 TUN<4:0>: Frequency Tuning bits

01111 = Maximu m frequency

01110 =

•

00001 =

00000 = Oscillator module is running at the calibrated frequency.

11111 =

•

10000 = Minimum fre quenc y

PIC12F683

3.5.3 LFINTOSC

The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC) is

an uncalibrated 31 kHz internal clock source.

The output of the LFINTOSC connects to a postscaler

and multiplexer (see Figure 3-1). Select 31 kHz, via

software, using the IRCF<2:0> bits of the OSCCON

(IRCF)” for more information . The LFINTOSC is also the

frequency for the Power-up Timer (PWRT), Watchdog

Timer (WDT) and Fail-Safe Clock Mo nitor (FSCM).

The LFINTOSC is enabled by selecting 31 kHz

(IRCF<2:0> bit s of the OSCCON regis ter = 000) as th e

system clock source (SCS bit of the OSCCON

• Two-Speed Start-up IESO bi t of the C o nfi gura tio n

Word register = 1 and IRCF<2:0> bit s of the

OSCCON regis ter = 000

• Power-up Timer (PWRT)

• Watchdog Timer (WDT)

• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM)

The LF Internal Oscillator (LTS) bit of the OSCCON

not.

3.5.4 FREQUENCY SELECT BITS (IRCF)

The output of the 8 MHz HFINTOSC and 31 kHz

LFINTOSC connects to a postscaler and multiplexer

(see Figure 3-1). The Internal Oscillator Frequency

Select bits IRCF<2:0> of the OSCCON register select

the frequency output of the internal oscillators. One of

eight frequencies can be selected via software:

•8 MHz

• 4 MHz (Default after Reset)

•2 MHz

•1 MHz

• 500 kHz

• 250 kHz

• 125 kHz

• 31 kHz (LFINTOSC)

3.5.5 HF AND LF INTOSC CLOCK

SWITCH TIMING

When switching between the LFINTOSC and the

HFINTOSC, the new oscillator may already be shut

down to save power (see Figure 3-6). If th is is the cas e,

there is a delay after the IRCF<2:0> bits of the

OSCCON register are modified before the frequency

selection takes place. The LTS and HTS bits of the

OSCCON register will reflect the current active status

of the LFINTOSC and HFINTOSC oscillators. The

timing of a frequency selection is as follows:

1. IRCF<2:0> bits of the OSCCON register are

modified.

2. If the new clock is shut down, a clock start-up

delay is started.

3. Clock switch circuitry waits for a falling edge of

the current clock.

4. CLKOUT is held low and the clock switch

circuit ry w ai t s for a rising edg e in the new clock.

5. CLKOUT is now connected with the new clock.

LT S and HTS b its of th e OSCCON r egiste r are

updated as require d.

6. Clock swit ch is complete.

See Figure 3-1 for more details.

If the internal oscillator speed selected is between

8 MHz and 125 kHz, there is no start-up delay before

the new frequency is selected. This is because the old

and new frequencies are derived from the HFINTOSC

via the post s ca ler and multiplexe r.

Start-up delay specifications are located in the

Electrical Spe cifications Chapter of this d ata sheet,

under AC Specifications (Oscillator Module).

Note: Following any Reset, the IRC F<2:0> bits of

the OSCCON register are set to ‘110’ and

the frequency selection is set to 4 MHz.

The user can modify the IRCF bits to

select a different frequency.

PIC12F683

FIGURE 3-6: INTERNAL OSCILLATOR SWITCH TIMING

HFINTOSC

LFINTOSC

IRCF <2:0>

System Clock

HFINTOSC

LFINTOSC

IRCF <2:0>

System Clock

HF LF(1)

≠ 0= 0

Start-up Time 2-cycle Sync Running

2-cycle Sync Running

HFINTOSC LFINTOSC (FSCM and WDT disabled)

Note 1: When going from LF to HF.

HFINTOSC LFINTOSC (Either FSCM or WDT enabled)

LFINTOSC

HFINTOSC

IRCF <2:0>

System Clock

= 0≠ 0

Start-up Time 2-cycle Sync Running

LFINTOSC HFINTOSC LFINTOSC turns off unless WDT or FSCM is enabled

PIC12F683

3.6 Clock Switching

The system clock source can be switched between

external and internal clock sources via software using

the System Clock Select (SCS) bit of the OSCCON

3.6.1 SYSTEM CLOCK SELECT (SCS) BIT

The System Clock Select (SCS) bit of the OSCCON

the CPU and peripherals.

• When the SCS bit of the OSCCON register = 0,

the system clock source is determined by

configuration of the FOSC<2:0> bits in the

Conf iguration Word register (CON FIG).

• When the SCS bit of the OSCCON register = 1,

the system clock source is chosen by the internal

oscillator frequency selected by the IRCF<2:0>

bits of the OSCCON register. After a Re set, the

SCS bit of the OSCCON register is always

cleared.

3.6.2 OSCILLA T OR START-UP TIME-OU T

STATUS (OSTS) BIT

The Oscillator Start-up Time-out Status (OSTS) bit of

the OSCCON register indicates whether the system

clock is running from the external clock source, as

defined by the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration

Word register (CONFIG), or from the internal clock

source. In particular , OSTS indicates that the Oscillator

Start-up Timer (OST) has timed out for LP, XT or HS

modes.

3.7 Two-Speed Clock Start-up Mode

Two-Speed Start-up mode provides additional power

savings by minimizing the latency between external

oscillator start-up and code execution. In applications

that make heavy use of the Sleep mode, Two-Speed

Start-up will remove the external oscillator start-up

time from the time spent awake and can reduce the

overall power consumption of the device.

This mode allows the application to wake-up from

Sleep, perform a few instructions using the INTOSC

as the clock source and go back to Sleep without

waiting for the primary oscillator to become stable.

When the Oscillator module is configured for LP, XT or

HS modes, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is

enabled (see Section 3.4.1 “Oscillator Start-up Timer

(OST)”). The OST will suspend program execution until

1024 oscillations are counted. Two-Speed Start-up

mode minimizes the delay in code execution by

operating from the internal oscillator as the OST is

counting. When the OST count reaches 1024 and the

OSTS bit of the OSCCON register is set, program

execution switches to the ext ernal oscillator.

3.7.1 TWO-SPEED START-UP MODE

CONFIGURATION

Two-Speed Start-up mode is configured by the

following settings:

• IESO (of the Configuration Word register) = 1;

Internal/External Switchover bit (Two-Speed

St art -up mode enabled).

• SCS (of the OSCCON register) = 0.

• FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Word

mode.

Two-Speed Start-up mode is entered after:

• Power-on Reset (POR) and, if enabled, after

Power-up Timer (PWRT) has expired, or

• Wake-up from Sleep.

If the external clock oscillator is configured to be

anything other than LP, XT or HS mode, then

Two-Speed Start-up is disabled. This is because the

external clock oscillator does not require any

stabilization time after POR or an exit from Sleep.

3.7. 2 TWO-SPEED START-UP

SEQUENCE

1. Wake-up from Power-on Reset or Sleep.

2. Instructions begin execution by the internal

oscillator at the frequency set in the IRCF<2:0>

bits of th e O SCCON re giste r.

3. OST enabled to count 1024 clock cycles.

4. OST timed out, wait for falling edge of the

internal oscillator.

5. OSTS is set.

6. System cloc k held lo w until the next fallin g edge

of new clock (LP, XT or HS mode).

7. System clock is switched to external clock

source.

Note: Any automatic clock switch, which may

occur from T wo-Speed S tart-up or Fail-Safe

Clock Monito r , does not update the SCS bit

of the OSCCON register. The user can

monitor the OSTS bit of the OSCCON

clock sour ce.

Note: Executing a SLEEP instruction will abort

the oscillator start-up time and will cause

the OSTS bit of the OSCCON register to

remain clear.

PIC12F683

3.7.3 CHECKING TWO-SPEED CLOCK

STATUS

Checking the state of the OSTS bit of the OSCCON

from the external clock source, as defined by the

FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Word register

(CONFIG), or the internal oscillator.

FIGURE 3-7: TWO-SPEED START-UP

0 1 1022 1023

PC + 1

TOSTT

HFINTOSC

OSC1

OSC2

Program Counter

System Clock

PC - N PC

PIC12F683

3.8 Fail-Safe Clock Monitor

The Fail-Saf e Cl oc k Mo nit or (FSC M) al lows the dev ic e

to conti nue operating should th e e xte rna l os ci ll ator fail.

The FSCM can detect oscillator failure any time after

the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has expired. The

FSCM is enabled by setting the FCMEN bit in the

Configuration Word register (CONFIG). The FSCM is

applicable to all external oscillator modes (LP, XT, HS,

EC, RC and RCIO).

FIGURE 3-8: FSCM BLOCK DIAGRAM

3.8.1 FAIL-SAFE DETECTION

The FSCM module detects a failed oscillator by

compari ng the extern al osci llat or to the FSCM sa mple

clock. The sample clock is generated by dividing the

LFINTOSC by 64. See Figure 3-8. Inside the fail

detector block is a latch. The external clock sets the

latch on each falling edge of the external clock. The

sample clock cle ars the latch on each rising edge of th e

sample clock. A failure is detected when an entire

half-cycle of the sample clock elapses before the

primary clock goes low.

3.8.2 FAIL-SAFE OPERATION

When the external clock fails, the FSCM switches the

devi ce clock to an interna l clock s ource and s ets the b it

flag OSFIF of the PIR1 register. Setting this flag will

generate an interrupt if the OSFIE bit of the PIE1

steps to mitigate the problems that may arise from a

failed clock. The system clock will continue to be

sourced from the internal clock source until the device

firmware successfully restarts the external oscillator

and switches back to external operation.

The internal clock source chosen by the FSCM is

determined by the IRCF<2:0> bits of the OSCCON

configured before a failure occurs.

3.8.3 FAIL-SAFE CONDITION CLEARING

The Fail-Safe condition is cleared after a Reset,

executing a SLEEP instruction or toggling the SCS bit

of the OSCCON register. When the SCS bit is toggled,

the OST is restarted. While the OST is running, the

device co ntinue s to op erate fro m the I NT OSC selecte d

in OSCCON. When the OST times out, the Fail-Safe

condition is cleared and the device will be operating

from the ex ternal cl ock sourc e. The Fai l-Safe co nditio n

must be c le ared bef ore th e O SFIF flag can be cle are d.

3.8.4 RESET OR WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP

The FSCM is designed to detect an oscillator failure

after the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has expired.

The OST is used after waking up from Sleep and after

any type of Reset. The OST is not used with the EC or

RC Clock modes so that the FSCM will be active as

soon as the Reset or wake-up has completed. When

the FSCM is enabled, the Two-Speed Start-up is also

enabled . Therefore, the device will alway s be ex ecuting

code while the OST is operating.

External

LFINTOSC ÷ 64

31 kHz

(~32 μs) 488 Hz

(~2 ms)

Clock Monitor

Latch

Clock

Failure

Detected

Oscillator

Clock

Sample Clock Note: Due to the wide range of oscillator start-up

times, the Fail-Safe circuit is not active

during oscillator start-up (i.e., after exiting

Reset or Sleep). After an appropriate

amount of time, the user should check the

OSTS bit of the OSCCON register to verify

the oscillator start-up and that the system

clock switchover has successfully

completed.

PIC12F683

FIGURE 3-9: FSCM TIMING DIAGRAM

TABLE 3-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLOCK SOURCES

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Val ue on

POR, BOR

Value on

all other

Resets(1)

CONFIG(2) CPD CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0 — —

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 000x

OSCCON — IRCF2 IRCF1 IRCF0 OSTS HTS LTS SCS -110 x000 -110 x000

OSCTUNE ——— TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu

PIE1 EEIE ADIE CCP1IE —CMIE OSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE 000- 0000 000- 0000

PIR1 EEIF ADIF CCP1IF —CMIF OSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF 000- 0000 000- 0000

Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by oscillators.

Note 1: Other (non Power-up) Resets include MCLR Reset and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.

2: See Configuration Word register (Register 12-1) for operation of all register bits.

OSCFIF

System

Clock

Output

Sample Clock

Failure

Detected

Oscillator

Failure

Note: The system c lock is normally at a much higher frequency than the sam ple clock. The relative frequencies in

this example have been chosen for clarity.

(Q)

Test Test Test

Clock Monitor Output

PIC12F683

4.0 GPIO PORT

There are as many as six general purpose I/O pins

available. Depending on which peripherals are

enabled , some or all of the pins may not be a vailable as

general purpose I/O. In general, when a peripheral is

enabled, the associated pin may not be used as a

general purpose I/O pin.

4.1 GPIO and the TRISI O Registers

GPIO is a 6-bit wide, bidirectional port. The

corresponding data direction register is TRISIO.

Setting a TRISIO bit (= 1) will make the corresponding

GPIO pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output

driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISIO

bit (= 0) will make the corresponding GPIO pin an

output (i.e., put the contents of the output latch on the

selected pin). An exception is GP3, which is input only

and its TRISIO bit will always read as ‘1’. Example 4-1

shows how to initialize GPIO.

Readi ng the GPIO regis ter reads the st atus of the pins,

whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All

write operations are read-modify-write operations.

Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pin s are

read, this value is modified and then written to the

PORT data latch. GP3 reads ‘0’ when MCLR E = 1.

The TRISIO register controls the direction of the GPIO

pins, ev en w he n th ey a re being used as ana log inputs .

The user must ensure the bits in the TRISIO register

are maintained set when using them as analog inputs.

I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’.

EXAMPLE 4- 1: INITIALIZI NG GPIO

Note: The ANSEL and CMCON0 registers must

be initialized to configure an analog

channel as a digital input. Pins configured

as analog inputs will read ‘0’.

BANKSEL GPIO ;

CLRF GPIO ;Init GPIO

MOVLW 07h ;Set GP<2:0> to

MOVWF CMCON0 ;digital I/O

BANKSEL ANSEL ;

CLRF ANSEL ;digital I/O

MOVLW 0Ch ;Set GP<3:2> as inputs

MOVWF TRISIO ;and set GP<5:4,1:0>

;as outputs

U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-0 R-x R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

—— GP5 GP4 GP3 GP2 GP1 GP0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 5-0 GP<5:0>: GPIO I/O Pin bit

1 = Port pin is > VIH

0 = Port pin is < VIL

PIC12F683

4.2 Additional Pin Functions

Every GPIO pin on the PIC12F683 has an

interrupt-on-change option and a weak pull-up option.

GP0 has an Ultra Low-Power Wake-up option. The

nex t three sections describe these functions.

4.2.1 ANSEL REGISTER

The ANSEL register is used to configure the Input

mode of an I/O pin to analog. Setting the appropriate

ANSEL bit hi gh wil l ca us e all digi t al read s on the pi n to

be rea d as ‘0’ and allow analog functions on the pin to

operate correctly.

The state of the ANSEL bits has no affect on digital

output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSEL set

will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode

will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior

when executing read-modify-write instructions on the

affec ted port.

4.2.2 WEAK PULL-UPS

Each of the GPIO pins, ex cept GP3, has an indivi dually

configurable internal weak pull-up. Control bits WPUx

enable or disable each pull-up. Refer to Register 4-4.

Each weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the

port pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are

disabled on a Power-on Reset by the GPPU bit of the

OPTION register). A weak pull-up is automatically

enabled for GP3 when configured as MCLR and

disabled when GP3 is an I/O. There is no software

control of the MCLR pull-up.

4.2.3 INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE

Each of the GPIO pins is individually configurable as an

interrupt-on-change pin. Control bits IOCx enable or

disable the interrupt function for each pin. Refer to

Power-on Reset.

For enabled interrupt-on-change pins, the values are

comp ared with the old val ue latch ed on the la st read of

GPIO. Th e ‘mismatch’ o utputs of t he last read are OR’d

together to set the GPIO Change Interrupt Flag bit

(GPIF) in the INTCON register (Register 2-3).

This interrupt can wake the device from Sleep. The

user, in the Interrupt Service Routine, clears the

interrupt by :

a) Any read or write of GPIO. This will end the

mismatch condition, then,

b) Clear the flag bit GPIF.

A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit GPIF.

Reading GPIO will end the mismatch condition and

allow flag bit GPIF to be cleared. The latch holding the

last read value is not affected by a MCLR nor

Brown-out Reset. After these resets, the GPIF flag will

continue to be set if a mismatch is present.

U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

——TRISIO5

(2,3) TRISIO4(2) TRISIO3(1) TRISIO2 TRISIO1 TRISIO0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 5:4 TRISIO<5:4>: GPIO Tri-State Control bit

1 = GPIO pin configured as an input (tri-stated)

0 = GPIO pin configured as an output

bit 3 TRISIO<3>: GPIO Tr i-State Control bit

Input only

bit 2:0 TRISIO<2:0>: GPIO Tri-State Control bit

1 = GPIO pin configured as an input (tri-stated)

0 = GPIO pin configured as an output

Note 1: TRISIO<3> always reads ‘1’.

2: TRISIO<5:4> always reads ‘1’ in XT, HS and LP OSC modes.

3: TRISIO<5> always reads ‘1’ in RC and RCIO and EC modes.

Note: If a change on the I/O pin should occur

when any GPIO operation is being

executed, then the GPIF interrupt flag may

not get set.

PIC12F683

U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 ANS3 ANS2 ANS1 ANS0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-4 ADCS<2:0>: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits

000 = FOSC/2

001 = FOSC/8

010 = FOSC/32

x11 = FRC (clock derived from a dedicated internal oscillator = 500 kHz max)

100 = FOSC/4

101 = FOSC/16

110 = FOSC/64

bit 3-0 ANS<3:0>: Analog Select bits

Analog select between analog or digital function on pins AN<3:0>, respectively.

1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1).

0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or special function.

Note 1: Setting a pin to an analog input automatically disables the digit al input circuitry, weak pull-ups and interrupt-on-change,

if available. The corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on

the pin.

PIC12F683

U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

—— WPU5 WPU4 — WPU2 WPU1 WPU0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 5-4 WPU<5:4>: Weak Pull-up Control bits

1 = Pull-up enabled

0 = Pull-up disabled

bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 2-0 WPU<2:0>: Weak Pull-up Control bits

1 = Pull-up enabled

0 = Pull-up disabled

Note 1: Global GPPU must be enabled for individual pull-ups to be enabled.

2: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is in Output mode (TRISIO = 0).

3: The GP3 pull-up is enabled when configured as MCLR and disabled as an I/O in the Configuration Word.

4: WPU<5:4> always reads ‘1’ in XT, HS and LP OSC modes.

U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

—— IOC5 IOC4 IOC3 IOC2 IOC1 IOC0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 5-0 IOC<5:0>: Interrupt-on-change GPIO Control bits

1 = Interrupt-on-change enabled

0 = Interrupt-on-change disabled

Note 1: Global Interrupt Enable (GIE) must be enabled for individual interrupts to be recognized.

2: IOC<5:4> always reads ‘0’ in XT, HS and LP OSC modes.

PIC12F683

4.2.4 ULTRA LOW-POWER WAKE-UP

The Ultra Low-Power Wake-up (ULPWU) on GP0

allows a slow falling voltage to generate an inter-

rupt-on-change on GP0 without excess current con-

sumption. The mode is selected by setting the

ULPWUE bit of the PCON register. This enables a

small current sink which can be used to discharge a

cap aci tor on GP0 .

To use this feature, the GP0 pin is configured to output

‘1’ to charge the capacitor, interrupt-on-change for GP0

is enabled and G P0 is configured as an input. The UL P-

WUE bit is set to begin the discharge and a SLEEP

instruction is performed. When the voltage on GP0

drops bel ow VIL, an interrupt will be ge nerated which will

cause the device to wake-up. Depending on the state of

the GIE bit of the INTCON register, the device will either

jump to the interrupt vector (0004h) or execute the next

instruction when the interrupt event occurs. See

Section 4.2.3 “Interrupt-on-Change” and

Section 12.4.3 “GPIO Interrupt” for more information.

This feature provides a low-power technique for period-

ically wak ing up th e de vi ce from Sleep. Th e tim e-o ut i s

dependent on the discharge time of the RC circuit

on GP0. See Example 4-2 for initializing the Ultra

Low-Power Wake-up module.

The series resistor provides overcurrent protection for

the GP0 pin and can allow for software calibration of the

time-out ( see F igu re 4- 1). A time r can be us ed to mea-

sure the cha rge ti me and disch ar ge time o f t he capaci-

tor . The charge time can then be adjusted to provide the

desired interrupt delay. This technique will compensate

for the affects of temperature, voltage and component

accuracy. The Ultra Low-Power Wake-up peripheral

can also be configured as a simple Programmable

Low-Voltage Detect or temperature sensor .

EXAMPLE 4-2: ULTRA LOW-POWER

WAKE-UP INITIALIZATION

Note: For mo re i nforma tion , ref er to the Appl ic a-

tion Note AN879, “Using the Microchip

Ultra Low-Power Wake-up Module”

(DS00879).

BANKSEL CMCON0 ;

MOVLW H’7’ ;Turn off

MOVWF CMCON0 ;comparators

BANKSEL ANSEL ;

BCF ANSEL,0 ;RA0 to digital I/O

BCF TRISA,0 ;Output high to

BANKSEL PORTA ;

BSF PORTA,0 ;charge capacitor

CALL CapDelay ;

BANKSEL PCON ;

BSF PCON,ULPWUE ;Enable ULP Wake-up

BSF IOCA,0 ;Select RA0 IOC

BSF TRISA,0 ;RA0 to input

MOVLW B’10001000’ ;Enable interrupt

MOVWF INTCON ; and clear flag

SLEEP ;Wait for IOC

NOP ;

PIC12F683

4.2.5 PIN DESCRIPTIONS AND

DIAGRAMS

Each GPIO pin is multiplexed with other functions. The

pins and their com bi ned f unc tio ns a r e bri efl y de sc ribed

here. For specific inf ormation about indi vidual function s

such as the comparator or the ADC, refer to the

appropriate section in this data sheet.

4.2.5.1 GP0/AN0/CIN+/ICSPDAT/ULPWU

Figur e 4-1 show s th e diag ram for th is pin . T he GP0 pin

is configurable to function as one of the following:

• a general purpo se I/O

• an analog input for the ADC

• an analog input to the comparator

• In-Ci rcuit Serial Programming™ data

• an analog input to the Ultra Low-Power Wake-up

FIGURE 4-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF GP0

I/O pin

VDD

VSS

VDD

Weak

RD GPIO

IOC

Interrupt-on-

To Comparator

Analog

Input Mode(1)

GPPU

Analog

Input Mode(1)

Change

IULP

WPU

Data Bus

WPU

GPIO

TRISIO

GPIO

Note 1: Comparator mode and ANSEL determines Analog Input mode.

ULPWUE

VSS

To A/D Converter

PIC12F683

4.2.5.2 GP1/AN1/CIN-/VREF/ICSPCLK

Figure 4-2 shows the d iagram fo r this pin. T he GP1 pin

is configurable to function as one of the following:

• a general pu rpose I/ O

• an analog input for the ADC

• a analog input to the comparator

• a voltage reference input for the ADC

• In-Circuit Serial Programming clock

FIGURE 4-2: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF GP1

4.2.5.3 GP2/AN2/T0CKI/INT/COUT/CCP1

Figur e 4-3 show s th e diag ram for th is pin . T he GP2 pin

is configurable to function as one of the following:

• a general purpo se I/O

• an analog input for the ADC

• the clock input for Timer0

• an external edge triggered interrupt

• a digita l outp ut from the Com p ara tor

• a digital input/output for the CCP (refer to

Section 11.0 “Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP)

Module”).

FIGURE 4-3: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF GP2

I/O pin

VDD

VSS

VDD

Weak

Data

WPU

RD GPIO

GPIO

TRISIO

IOC

Interrupt-on-

To Comparator

Analog

Input Mode(1)

GPPU

Analog

Input Mode(1)

change

Bus

Note 1: Comparator mode and ANSEL determines Analog

Input mode.

To A/D Converter

I/O pin

VDD

VSS

VDD

Weak

Analog

Input Mode

Data

WPU

GPIO

TRISIO

IOC

To A/D Converter

COUT

Enable

To INT

To Timer0

Analog

Input Mode

GPPU

RD GPIO

Analog

Input

Mode

Interrupt-on-

change

Bus

Note 1: Comparator mode and ANSEL determines Analog

Input mode.

PIC12F683

4.2.5.4 GP3/MCLR/VPP

Figure 4-4 shows the d iagram fo r this pin. T he GP3 pin

is configurable to function as one of the following:

• a general pu rpose input

• as Master Clear Reset with weak pull-up

FIGURE 4-4: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF GP3

4.2.5.5 GP4/AN3/T1G/OSC2/CLKOUT

Figur e 4-5 show s th e diag ram for th is pin . T he GP4 pin

is configurable to function as one of the following:

• a general purpo se I/O

• an analog input for the ADC

• a Timer1 gate input

• a cryst al/ reso nator connectio n

• a cloc k outpu t

FIGURE 4-5: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF GP4

Inpu

VSS

Data

RD GPIO

IOC

Reset MCLRE

RD VSS

MCLRE

VDD

Weak

MCLRE

Interrupt-on-

change

GPIO

IOC

Bus

TRISIO

I/O pin

VDD

VSS

VDD

Weak

Analog

Input Mode

Data

WPU

GPIO

TRISIO

IOC

FOSC/4

To A/D Converter

Oscillator

Circuit

OSC1

CLKOUT

Enable

Analog

Input Mode

GPPU

RD GPIO

To T1G

INTOSC/

RC/EC(2)

CLK(1)

Modes

CLKOUT

Enable

Note 1: CLK modes are XT, HS, LP, optiona l LP oscillator and

CLKOUT Enable.

2: With CLKOUT option.

Interrupt-on-

change

Bus

PIC12F683

4.2.5.6 GP5/T1CKI/OSC1/CLKIN

Figure 4-6 shows the d iagram fo r this pin. T he GP5 pin

is configurable to function as one of the following:

• a general pu rpose I/ O

• a Timer1 clock input

• a crystal/resonator connection

• a clock input

FIGURE 4-6: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF GP5

TABLE 4-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH GPIO

I/O pin

VDD

VSS

VDD

Weak

Data

WPU

GPIO

TRISIO

IOC

To Ti mer1 or CLKGEN

INTOSC

Mode

RD GPIO

INTOSC

Mode

GPPU

OSC2

(1)

Note 1: Timer1 LP oscillator enabled.

2: When using Timer1 with LP oscillator, the

Schmitt Tri gger is bypassed.

TMR1LPEN(1)

Interrupt-on-

change

Oscillator

Circuit

Bus

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Va lue on

POR, BOR

Va lue on

all other

Resets

ANSEL —ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 ANS3 ANS2 ANS1 ANS0 -000 1111 -000 1111

CCP1CON — — DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000

CMCON0 —COUT —CINV CIS CM2 CM1 CM0 -0-0 0000 -0-0 0000

PCON ——ULPWUESBOREN — — POR BOR --01 --qq --0u --uu

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 000x

IOC — — IOC5 IOC4 IOC3 IOC2 IOC1 IOC0 --00 0000 --00 0000

OPTION_REG GPPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111

GPIO —— GP5 GP4 GP3 GP2 GP1 GP0 --xx xxxx --x0 x000

T1CON T1GINV TMR1GE T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 0000 0000

TRISIO —— TRISIO5 TRISIO4 TRISIO3 TRISIO2 TRISIO1 TRISIO0 --11 1111 --11 1111

WPU —— WPU5 WPU4 — WPU2 WPU1 WPU0 --11 -111 --11 -111

Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by GPIO.

PIC12F683

NOTES:

PIC12F683

5.0 TIMER0 MODULE

The Timer0 module is an 8-bit timer/counter with the

following features:

• 8-bit timer/counter register (TMR0)

• 8-bit prescaler (shared with Watchdog Timer)

• Programmable internal or external clock source

• Programmable external clock edge selection

• Inter rupt on ov erflow

Figure 5-1 is a block diagram of the Timer0 module.

5.1 Timer0 Operation

When use d as a tim er, the T imer0 modul e can be used

as either an 8-bit timer or an 8-bit counter.

5.1.1 8-BIT TIMER MODE

When used as a timer, the Timer0 module will

increment every instruction cycle (without prescaler).

Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit of the

OPTION register to ‘0’.

When TMR0 is written, the increment is inhibited for

two instruction cycles immediately following the write.

5.1.2 8-BIT COUNTER MODE

When used as a counter, the Timer0 module will

increment on every rising or falling edge of the T0CKI

pin. The incrementing edge is determined by the T0SE

bit of the OPTION register . Counter mode is selected by

setting the T0CS bit of the OPTION register to ‘1’.

FIGURE 5-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0/WDT PRESCALER

Note: The value writ ten to the T MR0 register can

be adju sted, in order to ac count for th e two

instruction cycle delay when TMR0 is

written.

T0CKI

T0SE

TMR0

Watchdog

Timer

WDT

Time-out

PS<2:0>

WDTE

Data Bus

Set Flag bi t T0 IF

on Overflow

T0CS

Note 1: T0SE, T0CS, PSA, PS<2:0> ar e bits in the OPTION register.

2: SWDTEN and WDTPS<3:0> are bits in the WDTCON register.

3: WDTE bit is in the Configuration Word register.

8-bit

Prescaler

FOSC/4

PSA

16-bit

Prescaler 16

WDTPS<3:0>

31 kHz

INTOSC

SWDTEN

Sync

2 Tcy

PIC12F683

5.1.3 SOFTWARE PROGR AMMABLE

PRESCALER

A single software programmable prescaler is available

for use with either Timer0 or the Watchdog Timer

(WDT), but not both simultaneously. The prescaler

assignme nt is control led by the PSA bit o f the OPTI ON

must be cleared to a ‘0’.

There are 8 prescaler options for the Timer0 module

ranging from 1:2 to 1:256. The prescale values are

select able via the PS<2:0> bit s of the OPTIO N register .

In order to have a 1:1 prescaler value for the Timer0

module, the prescaler must be assigned to the WDT

module.

The prescaler is not readable or writable. When

assigned to the T im er0 module, all instructions writing to

the TMR0 register will clear the prescaler.

When the prescaler is assigned to WDT, a CLRWDT

instruction will clear the prescaler along with the WDT.

5.1.3.1 Switching Prescaler Between

Timer0 and WDT Modules

As a result of having the prescaler assigned to either

Timer0 or the WDT, it is possible to generate an

unintended device Reset when switching prescaler

values . When chan gin g th e presca le r ass ig nme nt from

Timer0 to the WDT module, the instruction sequence

shown in Example 5-1, must be executed.

EXAMPLE 5-1: CHANGING PRESCALER

(TIMER0 →WDT)

When changing the prescaler assignment from the

WDT to the Timer0 module, the following instruction

sequence must be executed (see Example 5-2).

EXAMPLE 5-2: CHANGING PRESCALER

(WDT →TIMER0)

5.1.4 TIMER0 INTERRUPT

Timer0 will generate an interrupt when the TMR0

flag bit of the INTCON register is set every time the

TMR0 register overflows, regardless of whether or not

the Timer0 interrupt is enabled. The T0IF bit must be

cleared in software. The Timer0 interrupt enable is the

T0IE bit of the INTCON register.

5.1.5 USING TIMER0 WITH AN

EXTERNAL CLOCK

When Timer 0 is in Coun ter mode, t he synchronizatio n

of the T0CKI input and the Timer0 register is accom-

plished by sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and

Q4 cycles of the internal phase clocks. Therefore, the

high and low peri od s of the ex tern al cl oc k so urc e mus t

meet the timing requirements as shown in the

Section 15.0 “Electrical Specifications”.

BANKSEL TMR0 ;

CLRWDT ;Clear WDT

CLRF TMR0 ;Clear TMR0 and

;prescaler

BANKSEL OPTION_REG ;

BSF OPTION_REG,PSA ;Select WDT

CLRWDT ;

;

MOVLW b’11111000’ ;Mask prescaler

ANDWF OPTION_REG,W ;bits

IORLW b’00000101’ ;Set WDT prescaler

MOVWF OPTION_REG ;to 1:32

Note: The Timer0 interrupt cannot wake the

processor from Sleep since the timer is

frozen during Sleep.

CLRWDT ;Clear WDT and

;prescaler

BANKSEL OPTION_REG ;

MOVLW b’11110000’ ;Mask TMR0 select and

ANDWF OPTION_REG,W ;prescaler bits

IORLW b’00000011’ ;Set prescale to 1:16

MOVWF OPTION_REG ;

PIC12F683

TABLE 5-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0

R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

GPPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 GPPU: GPIO Pull-up Enable bit

1 = GPIO pull-ups are disabled

0 = GPIO pull-ups are enabled by individual PORT latch values in WPU register

bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit

1 = Interrupt on rising edge of INT pin

0 = Interrupt on falling edge of INT pin

bit 5 T0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit

1 = Transit ion on T0CKI pin

0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (FOSC/4)

bit 4 T0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit

1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin

0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin

bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assig nme nt bit

1 = Prescaler is assigned to the WDT

0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module

bit 2-0 PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits

Note 1: A dedicated 16-bit WDT postscaler is available. See Section 12.6 “Watchdog Timer (WDT)” for more

information.

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on

POR, BOR

Value on

all other

Resets

TMR0 Timer0 Module Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 000x

OPTION_REG GPPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111

TRISIO — — TRISIO5 TRISIO4 TRISIO3 TRISIO2 TRISIO1 TRISIO0 --11 1111 --11 1111

Legend: – = Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the T imer0

module.

000

001

010

011

100

101

110

111

1 : 2

1 : 4

1 : 8

1 : 16

1 : 32

1 : 64

1 : 128

1 : 256

1 : 1

1 : 2

1 : 4

1 : 8

1 : 16

1 : 32

1 : 64

1 : 128

BIT VALUE TIMER0 RATE WD T RATE

PIC12F683

6.0 TIMER1 MODULE WITH GATE

CONTROL

The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter with the

following features:

• 16-bit tim er/coun ter register p air (TMR 1H:TMR 1L)

• Programmable internal or external clock source

• 3-bit prescaler

• Op tional LP oscillator

• Synchronous or asynchronous operation

• Timer1 gate (count enable) via comparator or

T1G pin

• Inter rupt on ov erflow

• Wake-up on overflow (external cloc k,

Asynchronous mode only)

• Specia l Event Trigger (with CCP)

• Comparator output synchronization to Timer1

clock

Figure 6-1 is a block diagram of the Timer1 module.

6.1 Timer1 Operation

The Timer1 module is a 16-bit incrementing counter

which is acces sed through the TMR 1H:TMR1L reg ister

pair. Writes to TMR1H or TMR1L directly update the

counter.

When us ed with an interna l clock so urce, the module i s

a time r. When us ed wit h an ext erna l clock source, the

module can be used as either a timer or counter.

6.2 Clock Source Selection

The TMR1CS bit of the T1CON register is used to select

the clock source. When TMR1CS = 0, the clock source

is FOSC/4. When TMR1CS = 1, the clock source is

supplied exte rnally.

FIGURE 6-1: TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM

Clock Source TMR1CS

FOSC/4 0

T1CKI pin 1

TMR1H TMR1L

Oscillator T1SYNC

T1CKPS<1:0>

Prescaler

1, 2, 4, 8 Synchronize(3)

det

Synchronized

clock input

Set flag bit

TMR1IF on

Overflow TMR1(2)

TMR1GE

TMR1ON

T1OSCEN

COUT

T1GSS

T1GINV

To Comparator Module

Timer1 Clock

TMR1CS

OSC2/T1G

OSC1/T1CKI

Note 1: ST Buffer is low power type when using LP oscillator, or high speed type when using T1CKI.

2: Timer1 register increm ents on rising edge.

3: Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep.

(1)

INTOSC

Without CLKOUT

FOSC/4

Internal

Clock

PIC12F683

6.2.1 INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE

When the internal clock source is selected the

TMR1H:TMR1L register pair will increment on multiples

of TCY as determined by the T ime r1 p rescaler.

6.2.2 EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE

When the external clock source is selected, the Timer1

module may wo rk as a timer or a cou nter.

When counting, Timer1 is incremented on the rising

edge of the external clock input T1CKI. In addition, the

Counter mode clock can be synchronized to the

microcontroller system clock or run async hronously.

If an external clock oscillator is needed (and the

microc ontroller is using the INTOS C withou t CLKOUT),

Timer1 can use the LP oscillator as a clock source.

6.3 Timer1 Prescaler

Timer1 has four prescaler options allowing 1, 2, 4 or 8

divisions of the clock input. The T1CKPS bits of the

T1CON register control the prescale counter. The

prescale counter is not directly readable or writable;

however , the prescaler counter is cleared upon a write to

TMR1H or TMR1L.

6.4 Timer1 Oscillator

A low-power 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator is built-in

between pins OSC1 (input) and OSC2 (amplifier

output). The oscillator is enabled by setting the

T1OSCEN control bit of the T1CON register. The

oscillator will continue to run during Sleep.

The Timer1 oscillator is shared with the system LP

oscillator. Thus, Timer1 can use this mode only when

the primary system clock is derived from the internal

oscill ator or when in LP osci llator mod e. The user m ust

provide a software time delay to ensure proper oscilla-

tor start-up.

TRISI O < 5 : 4> bits ar e set wh en th e Timer1 os ci l la tor is

enabled. GP5 and GP4 bits read as ‘0’ and TRISIO5

and TRISIO4 bits read as ‘1’.

6.5 Timer1 Operation in

Asynchronous Counter Mode

If control bit T1SYNC of the T1CON register is set, the

external clock input is not synchronized. The timer

continues to increment asynchronous to the internal

phase clocks. The timer will continue to run during

Sleep and can generate an interrupt on overflow,

which will wake-up the processor. However, special

precautions in software are needed to read/write the

timer (see Section 6.5.1 “Reading and Writing

Timer1 in Asynchronous Counter Mode”).

6.5.1 READING AND WRITING T IMER1 IN

ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER

MODE

Reading TMR1H or TMR1L while the timer is running

from an e xternal asyn chronous cl ock will ens ure a valid

read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user

should keep i n mind that rea ding t he 16-bi t time r in tw o

8-bit values itself, poses certain problems, since the

timer may overflow between the reads.

For writes , it is re commend ed that th e user s imply sto p

the timer and write the desired values. A write

conte ntion may occ ur by w ritin g to th e timer regist ers,

while the register is incrementing. This may pro duce an

unpredictable value in the TMR1H:TTMR1L register

pair.

6.6 Timer1 Gate

Timer1 gate source is software configurable to be the

T1G pin or the output of the Com parator. This allows the

device to directly time external events using T1G or

analog events using Comparator 2. See the CMCON1

source. This feature can simplify the software for a

Delta-Sigma A/D converter and many other applications.

For more information on Delta-Sigma A/D converters,

see the Microchip w eb site (www.microchip.com).

Timer1 gate can be inverted using the T1GINV bit of

the T1CON register, whether it orig inates from the T1G

pin or Comparator 2 output. This configures Timer1 to

measure either the active-high or active-low time

between events.

Note: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be

registered by the counter prior to the first

incr em enti ng ris ing edge.

Note: The oscillator requires a start-up and

stabilization time before use. Thus,

T1OSCEN should be set and a suitable

delay observed prior to enabling Timer1.

Note: When switching from synchronous to

asynchronous operation, it is possible to

skip an increment. When switching from

asynchronous to synchronous operation,

it is possible to produce a single spurious

increment.

Note: TMR1GE bit of the T1CON register must

be set to use either T1G or COUT as the

Timer1 gate source. See Register 8-2 fo r

more information on selecting the Timer1

gate sou rce .

PIC12F683

6.7 Timer1 Interrupt

The Timer1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments

to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. When Timer1 rolls

over, the Ti mer1 in terrupt fl ag bit of th e PIR1 regis ter is

set. To enable the interrupt on rollover, you must set

these bits:

• Timer1 interrupt enable bit of the PIE1 register

• PEIE bit of the INTCON register

• GIE bit of the INTCON register

The interrupt is cleared by clearing the TMR1IF bit in

the Interrupt Service Routine.

6.8 Timer1 Operation During Sleep

Timer1 can only operate during Sleep when setup in

Asynch ronous Counter mode. In this mode, an external

crystal or clock source can be used to increment the

counter. To set up the timer to wake the device:

• TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register must be set

• TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register must be set

• PEIE bit of the INTCON register must be set

The device will wake-up on an overflow and execute

the next instruction. If the GIE bit of the INTCON

Routine (0004h).

6.9 CCP Special Event Trigger

If a CCP is configured to trigger a special event, the

trigger will clear the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. This

special event does not cause a Timer1 interrupt. The

CCP mo dule may still be configured to ge nerate a CCP

interrupt.

In this mode of o peration, the CCPR1H:CCPR1L regis-

ter pair effectively becomes the period register for

Timer1.

Timer1 should be synchronized to the FOSC to utilize

the Special Event Trigger. Asynchronous operation of

Timer1 can cause a Special Event Trigger to be

missed.

In the eve nt that a wri te to TMR1H or TM R1L coinci des

with a Special Even t Tr igger from t he CCP, th e write wil l

take precedence.

For more information, see Section on CCP.

6.10 Comparator Synchronization

The same clock us ed to increment Timer1 can also be

used to synchronize the comparator output. This

feature is enabled in the Comparator module.

When using the comparator for Timer1 gate, the

comparator output should be synchronized to Timer1.

This ensures Timer1 does not miss an increment if the

comp ara tor changes.

For more information, see Section 8.0 “Comparator

Module”.

FIGURE 6-2: TIMER1 INCREMENTING EDGE

Note: The T MR1H:TTMR1L register p air and the

TMR1IF bit should be cleared before

enabling interrupts.

T1CKI = 1

when TMR1

Enabled

T1CKI = 0

when TMR1

Enabled

Note 1: Ar rows indicate counter increm ents.

2: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be re gistered by the counter prior to t he first incrementing rising edge of

the clock.

PIC12F683

6.11 Timer1 Control Register

The Timer1 Control register (T1CON), shown in

various features of the Timer1 module.

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

T1GINV(1) TMR1GE(2) T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 T1GINV: Timer1 Gate Invert bit(1)

1 = Timer1 gate is active-high (Timer1 counts when gate is high)

0 = Timer1 gate is active-low (Timer1 counts when gate is low)

bit 6 TMR1GE: Timer1 Gate Enable bit(2)

If TMR1ON = 0:

This bit is ignored

If TMR1ON = 1:

1 = Timer1 is on if Timer1 gate is not active

0 = Timer1 is on

bit 5-4 T1CKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits

11 = 1:8 Prescale Value

10 = 1:4 Prescale Value

01 = 1:2 Prescale Value

00 = 1:1 Prescale Value

bit 3 T1OSCEN: LP Osci lla tor Enab le C ontro l bit

If INTOSC without CLKOUT oscillator is active:

1 = LP oscillator is enabled for Timer1 clock

0 = LP oscillator is off

Else:

This bit is ignored. LP oscillator is disabled.

bit 2 T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit

TMR1 CS = 1:

1 = Do not synchroniz e exte rnal cloc k inp ut

0 = Synchronize external clock input

TMR1 CS = 0:

This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock

bit 1 TMR1CS: Timer1 Clock Sourc e Sele ct bit

1 = External clock from T1CKI pin (on the rising edge)

0 = Internal clock (FOSC/4)

bit 0 TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit

1 = Enables Timer1

0 = Stops Timer1

Note 1: T1GINV bit inverts the Timer1 gate logic, regardless of source.

2: TMR1GE bit must be set to use either T1G pin or COUT, as selected by the T1GSS bit of the CMCON1

PIC12F683

TABLE 6-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on

POR, BOR

Value on

all othe r

Resets

CONFIG(1) CPD CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0 — —

CMCON1 — — — — — —T1GSSCMSYNC ---- --10 ---- --10

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 000x

PIE1 EEIE ADIE CCP1IE — CMIE OSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE 000- 0000 000- 0000

PIR1 EEIF ADIF CCP1IF — CMIF OSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF 000- 0000 000- 0000

TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

T1CON T1GINV TMR1GE T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu

Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.

Note 1: See Configuration Word register (Register 12-1) for operation of all register bits.

PIC12F683

7.0 TIMER2 MODULE

The Timer2 module is an 8-bit timer with the following

features:

• 8-bit timer register (TMR2)

• 8-bit period register (PR2)

• Interrupt on TMR2 match with PR2

• Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16)

• Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16)

See Figure 7-1 for a block diagram of Timer2.

7.1 Timer2 Operation

The clock input to the Timer2 module is the system

instruction clock (FOSC/4). The clock is fed into the

Timer2 prescaler, which has prescale options of 1:1,

1:4 or 1:16. The output of the prescal er is the n use d to

increm ent the TM R2 regis ter.

The val ues of T MR2 and PR2 are co nstan tly com pared

to determine when they match. TMR2 will increment

from 00h until it matches the value in PR2. When a

match occurs, two things happen:

• TMR2 is reset to 00h on the next increment cycle.

• The Timer2 postscaler is incremented

The match output of the Timer2/PR2 comparator is

then fed into th e T i mer2 post sca ler. The post sca ler has

post scal e options of 1 :1 to 1: 16 inclus ive. The output of

the Timer2 postscaler is used to set the TMR2IF

interrupt flag bit in the PIR1 register.

The TMR2 and PR2 registers are both fully readable

and w rita ble. O n any Rese t, the TMR2 regis ter is set to

00h and the PR2 register is set to FFh.

Timer2 is turned on by setting the TMR2ON bit in the

T2CON register to a ‘1’. Tim er2 is turned off by clearin g

the TMR2ON bit to a ‘0’.

The Timer2 presc ale r is contro lle d by the T2CKPS bits

in the T2CON register. The Timer2 postscaler is

controlled by the TOUTPS bits in the T2CON register.

The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared

when:

• A write to TMR2 occurs.

• A write to T2CON occurs.

• Any device Reset occurs (Power-on Rese t, MCLR

Reset, Wa tchdog Timer Reset, or Brown-out

Reset).

FIGURE 7-1: TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM

Note: TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is

written.

Comparator

TMR2 Sets Flag

TMR2

Output

Reset

Postscaler

Prescaler

PR2

FOSC/4

1:1 to 1:16

1:1, 1:4, 1:16

bit TMR2IF

TOUTPS<3:0>

T2CKPS<1:0>

PIC12F683

TABLE 7-1: SUMMARY OF ASSOCIATED TIMER2 REGISTERS

U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-3 TOUTPS<3:0>: Timer2 Output Postscaler Select bits

0000 = 1:1 Postscaler

0001 = 1:2 Postscaler

0010 = 1:3 Postscaler

0011 = 1:4 Postscaler

0100 = 1:5 Postscaler

0101 = 1:6 Postscaler

0110 = 1:7 Postscaler

0111 = 1:8 Postscaler

1000 = 1:9 Postscaler

1001 = 1:10 Postscaler

1010 = 1:11 Po stscaler

1011 = 1:12 Postscaler

1100 = 1:13 Postscaler

1101 = 1:14 Postscaler

1110 = 1:15 Postscaler

1111 = 1:16 Postscaler

bit 2 TMR2ON: Time r2 On bit

1 = Timer2 is on

0 = Timer2 is off

bit 1-0 T2CKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits

00 =Prescaler is 1

01 =Prescaler is 4

1x = Prescaler is 16

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on

POR, BOR

Value on

all other

Resets

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 000x

PIE1 EEIE ADIE CCP1IE — CMIE OSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE 000- 0000 000- 0000

PIR1 EEIF ADIF CCP1IF — CMIF OSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF 000- 0000 000- 0000

PR2 Timer2 Module Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111

TMR2 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR2 Register 0000 0000 0000 0000

T2CON — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000

Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Timer2 module.

PIC12F683

8.0 COMPARATOR MODULE

Comparators are used to interface analog circuits to a

digital circuit by comparing two analog voltages and

providing a digital indication of their relative magnitudes.

The comparators are very useful mixed signal building

blocks because they provide analog functionality

independent of the program execution. The analog

comparator module includes the following features:

• Multiple comparator configurations

• Comparator ou tput is avail able internall y/externally

• Programmable output polarity

• Interrupt-on-change

• Wake-up from Sleep

• Timer1 gate (co unt ena ble)

• Output synchronization to Timer1 clock input

• Programmable volt age reference

8.1 Comparator Overview

The comparator is shown in Figure 8-1 along with the

relationship between the analog input levels and the

digital output. When the analog voltage at VIN+ is less

than the analog voltage at VIN-, the output of the

comparator is a digital low level. When the analog

voltage at VIN+ is greater than the analog voltage at

VIN-, the outp ut of the comp arator is a digita l high le vel.

FIGURE 8-1: SINGLE COMPARATOR

FIGURE 8-2: COMPARATOR OUTPUT BLOCK DIAGRAM

–

VIN+

VIN-Output

Output

VIN+

VIN-

Note: The black areas of the output of the

comparator represents the uncertainty

due to input offsets and response time.

CMSYNC

To COUT pin

RD CMCON0

Set CMIF bit

MULTIPLEX

Port Pins

Q3*RD CMCON0

Reset

To Data B u s

CINV

Timer1

clock sourc e(1)

To Timer1 Gate

Note 1: Com parator output is latched on falling edge of Timer1 clock source.

2: Q1 and Q3 are phases of the four-phase sys tem clock (FOSC).

3: Q1 is held high during Sleep mode.

PIC12F683

8.2 Analog Input Connection

Considerations

A simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in

Figure 8-3. Sinc e the analo g input pins share thei r con-

nection with a digital input, they have reverse biased

ESD protection diodes to VDD and VSS. The analog

input, therefore, must be between VSS and VDD. If the

input voltage deviates from this range by more than

0.6V in either direction, one of the diodes is forward

biased and a latch-up may occur.

A maximum source impedance of 10 kΩ is recommended

for the analog sources. Also, any external component

connected to an anal og inpu t pin, such as a capacitor or

a Zener diode, should h ave very little leakage curr ent to

minimize inaccuracies introduced.

FIGURE 8-3: ANALOG INPUT MODEL

Note 1: When reading a PORT register, all pins

configu red a s anal og inp uts will read as a

‘0’. Pins configured as digital inputs will

convert as an analog input, according to

the input specification.

2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a

digit al input, may ca use the input buff er to

consume more current than is specified.

Rs < 10K

CPIN

5 pF

VDD

VT ≈ 0.6V

RIC

ILEAKAGE

±500 nA

Vss

AIN

Legend: CPIN = Input Capaci tance

ILEAKAGE = Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions

RIC = Interconne ct Resista nce

RS= Source I mpedance

VA= Analog Voltage

VT= Threshold Voltage

To ADC Input

PIC12F683

8.3 Comparator Configuration

There are eigh t mod es of operat ion fo r the comp arato r.

The CM<2:0 > bit s of the C MCON0 reg ister are used to

select these modes as shown in Figure 8-4.

• Analog function (A): digital input buffer is disabled

• Digital function (D): comparator digital output,

overrides port function

• Normal port function (I/O): independent of com-

parator

The port pins denoted as “A” will read as a ‘0’

regardless of the state of the I/O pin or the I/O control

TRIS bit. Pins used as analog inputs should also have

the corresponding TRIS bit set to ‘1’ to disable the

digital output driver. Pins denoted as “D” should have

the corresponding TRIS bit set to ‘0’ to enable the

digital output driver.

FIGURE 8-4: COMPARATOR I/O OPERATING MODES

Note: Compara tor in terr upts sh ould be dis abled

during a Comparator mode change to

preve nt uni nten de d interru pt s .

Comparator Reset (POR Default Value – low power) Comparator w/o Output and with Internal Reference

CM<2:0> = 000 CM<2:0> = 100

Comparator with Output Multiplexed Input with Internal Reference and Output

CM<2:0> = 001 CM<2:0> = 101

Comparator without Output Multiplexed Input with Internal Reference

CM<2:0> = 010 CM<2:0> = 110

Comparator with Output and Internal Reference Comparator Off (Lowest power)

CM<2:0> = 011 CM<2:0> = 111

Legend: A = Analog Input, ports always reads ‘0’ CIS = Comparator Input Switch (CMCON0<3>)

I/O = Normal port I/O D = Comparator Digital Output

Note 1: Reads as ‘0’, unless CINV = 1.

CIN-

CIN+ Off(1)

COUT (pin) I/O

CIN-

CIN+ COUT

I/O

COUT (pin) I/O From CV REF Module

CIN-

CIN+ COUT

COUT (pin) D

CIN-

CIN+ COUT

COUT (pin) D

From CVREF Module

CIS = 0

CIS = 1

CIN-

CIN+ COUT

COUT (pin) I/O

CIN-

CIN+ COUT

COUT (pin) I/O

From CVREF Module

CIS = 0

CIS = 1

CIN-

CIN+ COUT

I/O

COUT (pin) D

From CVREF Module

CIN-

CIN+ Off(1)

I/O

COUT (pin) I/O

PIC12F683

8.4 Comparator Control

The CMCON0 register (Register 8-1) provides access

to the following comparator features:

• Mode selection

• Output state

• Output pol arit y

• Input switch

8.4.1 COMPARATOR OUTPUT STATE

The Com parator st ate can a lways be read int ernally via

the COU T bit o f the CMC ON0 regi ster . T he comp arat or

state may also be directed to the COUT pin in the

following modes:

• CM<2:0> = 001

• CM<2:0> = 011

• CM<2:0> = 101

When one of the above modes is selected, the associ-

ated TRIS bit of the COUT pin must be cleared.

8.4.2 COMPARATOR OUTPUT POLARITY

Inverting the output of the comparator is functionally

equivalent to swapping the comparator inputs. The

polarity of the comparator output can be inverted by

setting the CINV bit of the CMCON0 register. Clearing

CINV result s in a non-inv erted outp ut. A comple te tabl e

showing the output state versus input conditions and

the polarity bit is shown in Table 8-1.

TABLE 8-1: OUTPUT STATE VS. INPUT

CONDITIONS

8.4.3 COMPARATOR INPUT SWITCH

The inverti ng input of the comp arator may be swit ched

between two analog pins in the following modes:

• CM<2:0> = 101

• CM<2:0> = 110

In the above modes, both pins remain in analog mode

regardless of which pin is selected as the input. The

CIS bit of the CMCON0 register controls the comparator

input swi tch.

8.5 Comparator Response Time

The comparator output is indeterminate for a period of

time afte r the change of an i nput source or the selection

of a new refe rence volta ge. This period is refer red to as

the response time. The response time of the

comparator differs from the settling time of the voltage

reference. Therefore, both of these times must be

considered when determining the total response time

to a comparator input change. See the Comparator and

Voltage Reference Specifications in Section 15.0

“Electrical Specifications” for more details.

Input Conditions CINV COUT

VIN- > VIN+00

VIN- < VIN+01

VIN- > VIN+11

VIN- < VIN+10

Note: COUT refers to both the register bit and

output pin.

PIC12F683

8.6 Comparator In terrupt Operation

The comparator interrupt flag is set whenever there is

a change in the output value of the comparator.

Changes are recognized by means of a mismatch cir-

cuit which consists of two latches and an exclusive-or

gate (see Figure 8.2). One latch is updated with the

comparator output level when the CMCON0 register is

read. This latch retains the value until the next read of

the CMCON0 register or the occurrence of a Reset.

The other latch of the mismatch circuit is updated on

every Q1 system clock. A mismatch condition will occur

when a comparator output change is clocked through

the second latch on the Q1 clock cycle. The mismatch

condition will persist, holding the CMIF bit of the PIR1

or the comparator output returns to the previous state.

Software will need to maintain information about the

stat us of the comp arator outp ut to determine the actual

change that has occurred.

The CMIF bit of the PIR1 register, is the comparator

interrupt flag. This bit must be reset in software by

clearing it to ‘0’. Since i t is a lso po ssib le t o writ e a ‘1’ to

this register, a simulated interrupt may be initiated.

The CMIE bit of the PIE1 register and the PEIE and GIE

bits of the INTCON register must all be set to enable

comparator interrupts. If any of these bits are cleared,

the interrupt is not enabled, although the CMIF bit of

the PIR1 regist er will s till b e set i f an inte rrupt co nditio n

occurs.

The use r , in the Interru pt Service Rout ine, can clear th e

inter rupt in the fol lowi ng man ne r :

a) Any read or write of CMCON0. This will end the

mismatch condition.

b) Clear the CMIF int errup t flag.

A persistent mismatch condition will preclude clearing

the CMIF in terrupt flag. Read ing C MCO N0 wil l e nd th e

mismatch condition and allow the CMIF bit to be

cleared.

FIGURE 8-5: COMPARATOR

INTERRUPT TIMING W/O

CMCON0 READ

FIGURE 8-6: COMPARATOR

INTERRUPT TIMING WITH

CMCON0 READ

Note: A write op erati on to the CMCON0 regist er

will also clear the mismatch condition

because all writes include a read

operation at the beginning of the write

cycle.

Note: If a change in the CMCON0 register

(COUT) should occur when a read

operation is being executed (start of the

Q2 cycle), then the CMIF interrupt flag

may not get set.

Note 1: If a change in the CMCON0 register

(COUT) s hould occur when a re ad opera-

tion is being executed (start of the Q2

cycle ), then the CMIF of the PIR1 regist er

interrupt flag may not get set.

2: When either comparator is first enabled,

bias circuitry in the Comparator module

may cause an invalid output from the

comparator until the bias circuitry is

stable. Allow about 1 μs for bias settling

then clear the mismatch condition and

interrupt flags before enabling comparator

interrupts.

CIN+

COUT

Set CMIF (level)

CMIF

TRT

reset by software

CIN+

COUT

Set CMIF (level)

CMIF

TRT

reset by software

cleared by CMCON0 read

PIC12F683

8.7 Operation During Sleep

The compa rator , if enabled b efore entering Sleep mode,

remains active during Sleep. The additional current

consumed by the comparator is shown separately in

Section 15.0 “Electrical Specifications”. If the

comparator is not used to wake the device, power

consumption can be minimized while in Sleep mode by

turning off the c omparator. The comparator is turned off

by se lec ting m ode CM< 2:0 > = 000 or CM<2:0> = 111

of the CMCON0 register.

A change to the comparator output can wake-up the

device from Sleep. To enable the comparator to wake

the dev ice from Sleep, th e CMIE bit of the PIE1 register

and the PEIE bit of the INTCON register must be set.

The instruction following the Sleep instruction always

executes following a wake from Sleep. If the GIE bit of

the INTCON register is also set, the device will then

execute the Interrupt Service Routine.

8.8 Effects of a Reset

A device Reset forces the CMCON0 and CMCON1

registers to th eir Res et st ates . This forc es th e Comp ar-

ator module to be in the Comparator Reset mode

(CM<2:0> = 000). Thus, all comparator inputs are

analog inp uts with the comp arator disabled to consume

the smallest current possible.

U-0 R-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

—COUT— CINV CIS CM2 CM1 CM0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bi t W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6 COUT: Comparator Output bit

When CINV = 0:

1 = VIN+ > VIN-

0 = VIN+ < VIN-

When CINV = 1:

1 = VIN+ < VIN-

0 = VIN+ > VIN-

bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 4 CINV: Comparator Output Inversion bit

1 = Output inverted

0 = Output not inverted

bit 3 CIS: Comparator I nput Switch bit

When CM <2:0> = 110 or 101:

1 = CIN+ connects to VIN-

0 = CIN- connects to VIN-

When CM <2:0> = 0xx or 100 or 111:

CIS has no effect.

bit 2-0 CM<2:0>: Comparator Mode bits (See Figure 8-5)

000 = CIN pins are configured as analog, COUT pin configured as I/O, Comparator output turned off

001 = CIN pins are configured as analog, COUT pin configured as Comparator output

010 = CIN pins are configured as analog, COUT pin configured as I/O, Comparator output available internally

011 = CIN- pin is configured as analog, CIN+ pin is configured as I/O, COUT pin configured as

Comparator output, CVREF is non-inverting input

100 = CIN- pin is conf igured as analog , CIN+ pin is configured as I/O, COUT pin is configur ed as I/O, Comparator outp ut

available internally, CVREF is non-inverting input

101 = CIN pins are configured as analog and multiplexed, COUT pin is configured as

Comparator output, CVREF is non-inverting input

110 = CIN pins are configured as analog and multiplexed, COUT pin is configured as I/O,

Comparator output available internally, CVREF is non-invert ing input

111 = CIN pins are configured as I/O, COUT pin is configured as I/O, Comparator output disabled, Comparator off.

PIC12F683

8.9 Comparator Gating Timer1

This feat ure can be used to time the d uration or interva l

of analog events. Clearing the T1GSS bit of the

CMCON1 register will enable Timer1 to increment

based on the output of the comparator. This requires

that Timer1 is on and gating is enabled. See

Section 6.0 “Timer1 Module with Gate Control” for

details.

It is recommended to synchronize the comparator with

Timer1 by setting the CMSYNC bit when the

comparator is used as the Timer1 gate source. This

ensures Timer1 does not miss an increment if the

comparator changes during an increment.

8.10 Synchronizing Comparator Output

to Timer1

The comparator output can be synchronized with

Timer1 by setting the CMSYNC bit of the CMCON1

latched on the falling edge of t he Timer1 clock source.

If a prescaler is used with Timer1, the comparator

output is latched after the prescaling function. To

prevent a race condition, the comparator output is

latched on the falling edge of the Timer1 clock source

and Timer1 increments on the rising edge of its clock

source. Se e the Comparator Block D iagram (Figure 8-

2) and the Timer1 Bloc k Diagr am (F igure 6- 1) for more

information.

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0

— — — — — — T1GSS CMSYNC

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 1 T1GSS: Timer1 Gate Source Select bit(1)

1 = Timer 1 Gate Source is T1G pin (pin should be configured as digital input)

0 = Timer 1 Gate Source is comparator output

bit 0 CMSYNC: Comparator Output Synchronization bit(2)

1 = Output is synchronized with falling edge of Timer1 clock

0 = Output is asynchronous

Note 1: Refer to Section 6.6 “Timer1 Gate”.

2: Refer to Figure 8-2.

PIC12F683

8.11 Comparator Voltage Reference

The Comparator Voltage Reference module provides

an internally generated voltage reference for the

comparators. The following features are available:

• Independent from Comparator operation

• Two 16-level voltage ranges

• Output clamped to VSS

• Ratiometric with VDD

The VRCON register (Register 8-3) controls the

Voltage Reference module shown in Figure 8-7.

8.11.1 INDEPENDENT OPERATION

The comparator voltage reference is independent of

the comparator configuration. Setting the VREN bit of

the VRCON register will enable the voltage reference.

8.11.2 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SELECTION

The CVREF voltage reference has 2 ranges with 16

voltage levels in each range. Range selection is

controlled by the VRR bit of the VRCON register. The

16 levels are set with the VR<3:0> bits of the VRCON

The CVREF output voltage is determined by the following

equations:

EQUATION 8-1: CV REF OUTPUT VOLTAGE

The full range of VSS to VDD cannot be realized due to

the construction of the module. See Figure 8-1.

8.11.3 OUTPUT CLAMPED TO VSS

The CVREF output voltage can be set to Vss with no

power consumptio n by config uring VRCON as f ollows:

•VREN=0

•VRR=1

•VR<3:0>=0000

This allows the comparator to detect a zero-crossing

while not consuming additional CVREF module curren t.

8.11.4 OUTPUT RATIOMETRIC TO VDD

The comparator voltage reference is VDD derived and

therefore, the CVREF output changes with fluctuations in

VDD. The tested absolute accuracy of the Comparator

Voltage Reference can be found in Section 15.0

“Electrical Specifications”.

VRR 1 (low range):=

VRR 0 (high range):=

CVREF (VDD/4) + =

CVREF (VR<3:0>/24) VDD×=

(VR<3:0> VDD/32)×

R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

VREN —VRR— VR3 VR2 VR1 VR0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 VREN: CVREF Enable bit

1 = CVREF circuit powered on

0 = CVREF circuit powered down, no IDD drain and CVREF = VSS.

bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 5 VRR: CVREF Range Selection bit

1 = Low range

0 = High range

bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 3-0 VR<3:0>: CVREF Value Selection 0 ≤ VR<3:0> ≤ 15

When VRR = 1: CVREF = (VR<3 :0>/24) * VDD

When VRR = 0: CVREF = VDD/4 + (VR<3:0>/32) * VDD

PIC12F683

FIGURE 8-7: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM

T ABLE 8-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPARATOR AND VOLTAGE

REFERENCE MODULES

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on

POR, BOR

Valu e on

all othe r

Resets

ANSEL —ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 ANS3 ANS2 ANS1 ANS0 -000 1111 -000 1111

CMCON0 —COUT— CINV CIS CM2 CM1 CM0 -0-0 0000 -0-0 0000

CMCON1 — — — — — — T1GSS CMSYNC ---- --10 ---- --10

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 000x

PIE1 EEIE ADIE CCP1IE —CMIEOSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE 000- 0000 0000 0000

PIR1 EEIF ADIF CCP1IF —CMIFOSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF 000- 0000 000- 0000

GPIO — — GP5 GP4 GP3 GP2 GP1 GP0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu

TRISIO — — TRISIO5 TRISIO4 TRISIO3 TRISIO2 TRISIO1 TRISIO0 --11 1111 --11 1111

VRCON VREN —VRR— VR3 VR2 VR1 VR0 0-0- 0000 -0-0 0000

Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for comparator.

VRR

VR<3:0>(1)

16-1 Analog

8RRR RR

CVREF to

16 Stages

Comparator

Input

VREN

VDD

MUX

VR<3:0> = 0000

VREN

VRR

Note 1: Care should be taken to ensure VREF

remains within the comparator Common

mode input range. See Section 15.0

“Electrical Specifications” for more detail.

PIC12F683

NOTES:

PIC12F683

9.0 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL

CONVERTER (ADC) MODULE

The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) allows

conversion of an analog input signal to a 10-bit binary

representation of that signal. This device uses analog

inputs, which are multiplexed into a single sample and

hold circuit. The output of the sample and hold is

connected to the input of the converter. The converter

generates a 10-bit binary result via successive

approximation and stores the conversion result into the

ADC result registers (ADRESL and ADRESH).

The ADC voltage reference is software selectable to

either VDD or a v olt age applied to the ex ternal re ference

pins.

The ADC can generate an interrupt upon completion of

a conversion. This interrupt can be us ed to wak e-up the

device from Sleep.

Figure 9-1 shows the block diagram of the ADC.

FIGURE 9-1: ADC BLOCK DIAGRAM

9.1 ADC Configuration

When configuring and using the ADC the following

functio ns must be considere d:

• GPIO configuration

• Channel selection

• ADC voltage reference selection

• ADC co nversion clock source

• Interrupt control

• Results formatting

9.1.1 GPIO CONFIGURATION

The ADC can be used to convert both analog and digital

signals. When converting analog signals, the I/O pin

should be configured for analog by setting the associated

TRIS and ANSEL bits. See the corresponding GPIO

section for more information.

9.1.2 CHANNEL SELECTION

The CHS bi ts of the ADCON0 regi ster deter mine whic h

channel is connected to the sample and hold circuit.

When changing channels, a delay is required before

starting the next conversion. Refer to Section 9.2

“ADC Op eratio n” for more information.

GP0/AN0

A/D

GP1/AN1/VREF

GP2/AN2

VDD

VREF

ADON

GO/DONE

VCFG = 1

VCFG = 0

CHS

ADRESH ADRESL

ADFM

GP4/AN3

0 = Left Justify

1 = Right Justify

Note: Analog voltages on any pin that is defined

as a digital input may cause the input

buffer to conduct excess current.

PIC12F683

9.1.3 ADC VOLTA GE REFERENCE

The VCFG bit of the ADCON0 register provides contro l

of the positive voltage reference. The positive voltage

reference can be either VDD or an external voltage

source. The negative voltage reference is always

connec ted to the ground refe renc e.

9.1.4 CONVERSION CLOCK

The source of the conversion clock is software select-

able via the ADCS bits of the ANSEL register. There

are seven possible clock options:

•F

OSC/2

•F

OSC/4

•FOSC/8

•FOSC/16

•F

OSC/32

•FOSC/64

•FRC (dedicated internal oscillator)

The time to complete one bit conversion is defined as

TAD. One ful l 1 0-b it c on ve rsi on requires 11 TAD periods

as shown in Figure 9-2.

For correct conversion, the appropriate TAD specificatio n

must be met. See A/D conversion requirements in

Section 15.0 “Electrical Specifications” for more

information. Table 9-1 gives examples of appropriate

ADC clock selections.

TABLE 9-1: ADC CLOCK PERIOD (TAD) VS. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES (VDD > 3.0V)

FIGURE 9-2: ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION TAD CYCLES

Note: Unless using the FRC, any changes in the

system clock frequency will change the

ADC clock frequency, which may

adversely affect the ADC result.

ADC Clock Period (TAD) Device Freque ncy (FOSC)

ADC Clock Source ADCS<2:0> 20 MHz 8 MHz 4 MHz 1 MHz

FOSC/2 000 100 ns(2) 250 ns(2) 500 ns(2) 2.0 μs

FOSC/4 100 200 ns(2) 500 ns(2) 1.0 μs(2) 4.0 μs

FOSC/8 001 400 ns(2) 1.0 μs(2) 2.0 μs8.0 μs(3)

FOSC/16 101 800 ns(2) 2.0 μs4.0 μs16.0 μs(3)

FOSC/32 010 1.6 μs4.0 μs8.0 μs(3) 32.0 μs(3)

FOSC/64 110 3.2 μs8.0 μs(3) 16.0 μs(3) 64.0 μs(3)

FRC x11 2-6 μs(1,4) 2-6 μs(1,4) 2-6 μs(1,4) 2-6 μs(1,4)

Legend: Shaded cells are outside of recommended range.

Note 1: The FRC source has a typical TAD time of 4 μs for VDD > 3.0V.

2: These values violate the minimum required TAD time.

3: For faster conversion times, the selection of another clock source is recommended.

4: When the device frequency is greater than 1 MHz, the FRC clock source is only recommended if the

conversion will be perform ed during Sleep.

TAD1 TAD2 TAD3 TAD4 TAD5 TAD6 TAD7 TAD8 TAD9

Set GO/DONE bit

Holding Capacitor is Disconnected from Analog Input (typically 100 ns)

b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2

TAD10 TAD11

b1 b0

TCY to TAD

Conversion S tarts

ADRESH and ADRESL registers are loaded,

GO bit is cleared,

ADIF bit is set,

Holding capacitor is connected to analog input

PIC12F683

9.1.5 INTERRUPTS

The ADC module allows for the ability to generate an

interrupt upon completion of an Analog-to-Digital

conversion. The ADC interrupt flag is the ADIF bit in the

PIR1 reg ister. The ADC inte rrupt en able i s the ADIE bit

in the PIE1 register. The ADIF bit must be cleared in

software.

This interrupt can be generated while the device is

operatin g or while in Sle ep. If the device is in Sle ep, the

interrupt will wake-up the device. Upon waking from

Sleep, the next instruction following the SLEEP

instruc tio n is always executed. If the user is attem ptin g

to wake-up from Sleep and resume in-line code

execution, the global interrupt must be disabled. If the

global interrupt is enabled, execution will switch to the

inter rupt se rvi ce rout ine .

Please see Section 12.4 “Interrupts” for more

information.

9.1.6 RESULT FORMATTING

The 10- bit A/D conversion resu lt can be suppli ed in two

formats, left justified or right justified. The ADFM bit of

the ADCON0 register controls the output format.

Figure 9-3 shows the two output formats.

FIGURE 9-3: 10-BIT A/D CONVERSION RESULT FORMAT

9.2 ADC Operation

9.2.1 STARTING A CONVERSION

To enable the ADC module, the ADON bit of the

ADCON0 register must be set to a ‘1’. Setting the

GO/DONE bit of the ADCON0 register to a ‘1’ will st art

the Analog-to-Digital conversion.

9.2.2 COMPLETION OF A CONVERSION

When the conversion is complete, the ADC module will:

• Clear the GO/DONE bit

• Set the ADIF flag bit

• Update the ADRESH:A DRESL regis ters with new

conversion result

9.2.3 TERMINATING A CONVERSION

If a conversion must be terminated before completion,

the GO/DONE bit can be cleared in software. The

ADRESH:ADRESL registers will not be updated with

the partially complete Analog-to-Digital conversion

sample. Instead, the ADRESH:ADRESL register pair

will retain the value of the previous conversion. Addi-

tionall y, a 2 TAD delay is req uired befo re another acqu i-

sition can be initiated. Following this delay, an input

acquisition is automatically started on the selected

channel.

Note: The ADIF bit is set at the completion of

every conversion, regardless of whether

or not the ADC interrupt is enabled.

ADRESH ADRESL

(ADFM = 0)MSB LSB

bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0

10-bit A/D Result Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

(ADFM = 1)MSB LSB

bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 10-bit A/D Result

Note: The GO/DONE bit shou ld not be set in th e

same instruction that turns on the ADC.

Refer to Section 9.2.6 “A/D Conversion

Procedure”.Note: A device Reset forces all registers to their

Reset state. Thus, the ADC module is

turned off and any pending conversion is

terminated.

PIC12F683

9.2.4 ADC OPERATION DURING SLEEP

The ADC module can operate during Sleep. This

requires the ADC clock source to be set to the FRC

option. When the FRC clock source is selected, the

ADC wa its on e additio nal instru ction bef ore sta rting th e

conversion. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be

executed, which can reduce system noise during the

conversion. If the ADC interrupt is enabled, the device

will wake-up from Sleep when the conversion

completes. If the ADC interrupt is disabled, the ADC

module is turned off after the conversion completes,

although the ADON bit remains set.

When the ADC clock source is something other than

FRC, a SLEEP instruction causes the present conver-

sion to be aborted and the ADC module is turned off,

although the ADON bit remains set.

9.2.5 SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER

The CCP Special Event Trigger allows periodic ADC

measurements without software intervention. When

this trigger occurs, the GO/DONE bit is set by h ardware

and the Timer1 counter resets to zero.

Using the Special Event T rigger does not assure proper

ADC timi ng. It is the us er’s respons ibili ty to en sure th at

the ADC ti ming requirements are met.

See Section 11.0 “Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP)

Module” for more information.

9.2.6 A/D CONVERSION PROCEDURE

This is an example procedure for using the ADC to

perform an Analog-to-Digit al conve rsion:

1. Configure GPIO Port:

• Disable pin output driver (See TRIS register)

• Configure pin as analog

2. Configur e the ADC modul e:

• Select ADC conve rsion cloc k

• Configure voltage reference

• Select ADC input channel

• Select result format

• Turn on ADC module

3. Configure ADC interrupt (optional):

• Clear ADC interrupt flag

• Enable ADC interrupt

• Enable peripheral interrupt

• Enable global interrupt(1)

4. Wait the required acquisition time(2).

5. Start conversion by setting the GO/DONE bit.

6. Wait for ADC conv ers ion to com ple te b y o ne o f

the following:

• Polling the GO/DONE bit

• Waiting for the ADC interrupt (interrupts

enabled)

7. Read ADC Result

8. Clear the ADC interrup t flag (requi red if interrupt

is enabled).

EXAMPLE 9-1: A/D CONVERSION

9.2.7 ADC REGISTER DEFINITIONS

The following registers are used to control the

operation of the ADC.

Note 1: The global inte rrupt c an be d isabled i f the

user is attem pti ng to wak e-up from Sleep

and resume in-line code execution.

2: See Section 9.3 “A/D Acquisition

Requirements”.

;This code block configures the ADC

;for polling, Vdd reference, Frc clock

;and GP0 input.

;

;Conversion start & polling for completion

; are included.

;

BANKSEL TRISIO ;

BSF TRISIO,0 ;Set GP0 to input

BANKSEL ANSEL ;

MOVLW B’01110001’ ;ADC Frc clock,

IORWF ANSEL ; and GP0 as analog

BANKSEL ADCON0 ;

MOVLW B’10000001’ ;Right justify,

MOVWF ADCON0 ;Vdd Vref, AN0, On

CALL SampleTime ;Acquisiton delay

BSF ADCON0,GO ;Start conversion

BTFSC ADCON0,GO ;Is conversion done?

GOTO $-1 ;No, test again

BANKSEL ADRESH ;

MOVF ADRESH,W ;Read upper 2 bits

MOVWF RESULTHI ;Store in GPR space

BANKSEL ADRESL ;

MOVF ADRESL,W ;Read lower 8 bits

MOVWF RESULTLO ;Store in GPR space

PIC12F683

R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

ADFM VCFG —— CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7 ADFM: A/D Conversion Result Format Select bit

1 = Right justif ied

0 = Left justifie d

bit 6 VCFG: V oltage Referen ce bit

1 = V REF pin

0 = VDD

bit 5-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 3-2 CHS<1:0>: Analog Channel Select bits

00 = AN0

01 = AN1

10 = AN2

11 = AN3

bit 1 GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit

1 = A/D conversion cycle in progress. Setting this bit starts an A/D conversion cycle.

This bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the A/D conversion has completed.

0 = A/D conversion completed/not in progress

bit 0 ADON: ADC Enable bit

1 = ADC is enabled

0 = ADC is disabled and consumes no operating current

PIC12F683

R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x

ADRES9 ADRES8 ADRES7 ADRES6 ADRES5 ADRES4 ADRES3 ADRES2

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-0 ADRES<9:2>: ADC Result Register bits

Upper 8 bits of 10-bit conversion result

R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x

ADRES1 ADRES0 — — — — — —

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-6 ADRES<1:0>: ADC Result Register bits

Lower 2 bits of 10-bit conversion result

bit 5-0 Reserved: Do not use.

R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x

— — — — — — ADRES9 ADRES8

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-2 Reserved: Do not use.

bit 1-0 ADRES<9:8>: ADC Result Register bits

Upper 2 bits of 10-bit conversion result

R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x

ADRES7 ADRES6 ADRES5 ADRES4 ADRES3 ADRES2 ADRES1 ADRES0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-0 ADRES<7:0>: ADC Result Register bits

Lower 8 bits of 10-bit conversion result

PIC12F683

9.3 A/D Acquisition Requirements

For the A DC t o meet i ts specified accuracy, the charge

holding capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to fully

charge to the input channel voltage level. The Analog

Input model is shown in Figure 9-4. The source

impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS)

impedance directly affect the time required to charge the

capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS) impedance

varies over the device voltage (VDD), see Figure 9-4.

The maximum recommended impedance for analog

sources is 10 kΩ. As the source impedance is

decreased, the acquisition time may be decreased.

After the analog input channel is selected (or changed),

an A/D acquisition must be done before the conversion

can be started. To calculate the minimum acquisition

time, Equation 9-1 may be used. This equation

assumes that 1/2 LSb error is used (1024 steps for the

ADC). The 1/2 LSb erro r is the maximum er ror allow ed

for the ADC to meet its specified resolution.

EQUATION 9-1: ACQUISITION TIME EXAMPLE

TACQ Amplifier Settling Time Hold Capacitor Charging Time Temperature Coefficient++=

TAMP TCTCOFF++=

2µs TCTemperature - 25°C()0.05µs/°C()[]++=

TCCHOLD RIC RSS RS++() ln(1/2047)–=

10pF 1k

10k

++()– ln(0.0004885)=

1.37

=µs

TACQ 2µS1.37µS50°C- 25°C()0.05µS/°C()[]++=

4.67µS=

VAPPLIED 1e

Tc–

---------

–

⎝⎠

⎜⎟

⎛⎞

VAPPLIED 11

2047

------------

–

⎝⎠

⎛⎞

VAPPLIED 11

2047

------------

–

⎝⎠

⎛⎞

VCHOLD=

VAPPLIED 1e

TC–

----------

–

⎝⎠

⎜⎟

⎛⎞

VCHOLD=

;[1] VCHOLD charged to within 1/2 lsb

;[2] VCHOLD charge response to VAPPLIED

;combining [1] and [2]

The value for TC can be approximated with th e follow ing eq uations:

Solving for TC:

Therefore:

Temperature 50°C and external impedance of 10k

5.0 V VDD=

Assumptions:

Note 1: The reference voltage (VREF) has no effect on the equation, since it cancels itself out.

2: The charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) is not discharged after each conversion.

3: The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 kΩ. This is required to meet the pin

leakage specification.

PIC12F683

FIGURE 9-4: ANALOG INPUT MODEL

FIGURE 9-5: ADC TRANSFER FUNCTION

CPIN

Rs ANx

5 pF

VDD

VT = 0.6V

VT = 0.6V I LEAKAGE

RIC ≤ 1k

Sampling

Switch

SS Rss

CHOLD = 10 pF

VSS/VREF-

Sampling Switch

567891011

(kΩ)

VDD

± 500 nA

Legend: CPIN

I LEAKAGE

RIC

CHOLD

= Input Capacitance

= Threshold Voltage

= Leakage current at the pin due to

= Interconnect Resistance

= Sampling Switch

= Sample/Hold Capacitance

various junctions

RSS

3FFh

3FEh

ADC Output Code

3FDh

3FCh

004h

003h

002h

001h

000h

Full-Scale

3FBh

1 LSB ideal

VSS/VREF-Zero-Scale

Transition VDD/VREF+

Transition

1 LSB ideal

Full-Scale Range

Analog Input Voltage

PIC12F683

TABLE 9-2: SUMMARY OF ASSOCIATED ADC REGISTERS

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value o n

POR, BOR

Value on

all other

Resets

ADCON0 ADFM VCFG —— CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON 00-- 0000 0000 0000

ANSEL — ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 ANS3 ANS2 ANS1 ANS0 -000 1111 -000 1111

ADRESH A/D Result Register High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

ADRESL A/D Result Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 000x

PIE1 EEIE ADIE CCP1IE —CMIE OSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE 000- 0000 0000 0000

PIR1 EEIF ADIF CCP1IF —CMIF OSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF 000- 0000 000- 0000

GPIO — — GP5 GP4 GP3 GP2 GP1 GP0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu

TRISIO — — TRISIO5 TRISIO4 TRISIO3 TRISIO2 TRISIO1 TRISIO0 --11 1111 --11 1111

Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, — = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for ADC module.

PIC12F683

NOTES:

PIC12F683

10.0 DATA EEPROM MEMORY

The EEPROM data memory is readable and writable

during norma l operati on (full VDD range). This memory

is not directly mapped in the register file space.

Instead, it is indirectly addressed through the Special

Function Registers. There are four SFRs used to read

and write this memory:

• EECON1

• EECON2 (not a physically implemented register)

• EEDAT

• EEADR

EEDAT holds the 8-bit da t a fo r read/ write , and EEADR

holds the address of the EEPROM location being

accessed . PIC12F683 has 256 bytes of dat a EEPROM

with an address range from 0h to FFh.

The EEPROM data memory allows byte read and write.

A byte write automatically erases the location and

writes the n ew data (erase be fore write). The EEPROM

data memory is rated for high erase/write cycles. The

write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The write

time will vary with voltage and temperature as well as

from chip-to-chip. Please refer to AC Specifications in

Section 15.0 “Electrical Specifications” for exact

limits.

When the data memory is code-protected, the CPU

may continue to read and write the data EEPROM

memory. The device programmer ca n no longer access

the data EEPROM data and will read zeroes.

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

EEDAT7 EEDAT6 EEDAT5 EEDAT4 EEDAT3 EEDAT2 EEDAT1 EEDAT0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-0 EEDATn: Byte Value to Write To or Read From Data EEPROM bits

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

EEADR7 EEADR6 EEADR5 EEADR4 EEADR3 EEADR2 EEADR1 EEADR0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-0 EEADR: Specifies One of 256 Locations for EEPROM Read/Write Op erat ion bit s

PIC12F683

10.1 EECON1 and EECON2 Registers

EECON1 is the control register with four low-order bits

physically implemented. The upper four bits are non-

impleme nted and read as ‘0’s.

Control bits RD and WR initiate read and write,

respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only set in

software. They are cleared in hardware at completion

of th e r ead or wr i t e ope r a tio n. T he ina bi l it y t o clea r t he

WR bit in software prevents the accidental, premature

termination of a write operation.

The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation.

On powe r-up, the WR EN bit is clear. The WRERR bi t is

set when a write operation is interrupted by a MCLR

Reset, or a WDT Time-out Reset during normal

operatio n. In these s ituations , following Reset, the us er

can check the WRERR bit, clear it and rewrite the

location. The data and address will be cleared.

Therefore, the EEDAT and EEADR registers will need

to be re-initialized.

Interrupt fl ag, EEIF bit of the PIR1 reg is ter, is set when

write is complete. This bit must be cleared in software.

EECON2 is not a physical register. Reading EECON2

will read all ‘0’s. The EECON2 register is used

exclusively in the data EEPROM write sequence.

Note: The EECON1, EEDAT and EEADR

registers should not be modified during a

data EEPROM write (WR bit = 1).

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-0 R/S-0 R/S-0

— — — — WRERR WREN WR RD

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

S = Bit can only be set

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 3 WRERR: EEPROM Error Flag bit

1 = A write operation is prematurely terminated (any MCLR Reset, any WDT Reset during

normal operation or BOR Reset)

0 = The write operation completed

bit 2 WREN: EEPROM Write Enable bit

1 = Allows write cycles

0 = Inhibits write to the data EEPROM

bit 1 WR: Write Control bit

1 = Initiates a wri te cycle (T he bit is cle ared by hardwa re onc e wri te is comp let e. The WR bit ca n only

be set, not cleared, in software.)

0 = Write cycle to the data EEPROM is complete

bit 0 RD: Read Control bit

1 = Initiates an EEPROM re ad (Read takes on e cycle. RD is cleared in ha rdware. The RD bit can o nly

be set, not cleared, in software.)

0 = Does not initiate an EEPROM read

PIC12F683

10.2 Reading the EEPROM Data

Memory

To read a data memory location, the user must write the

address to the EEADR register and then set control bit

RD of the EECON1 register , as show n in Example 10-1.

The data is available, at the very next cycle, in the

EEDAT register. Therefore, it can be read in the next

instruction. EEDA T holds thi s value until another read, or

until it is written to by the user (during a wr ite operation).

EXAMPLE 10-1: DATA EEPROM READ

10.3 Writing to the EEPROM Data

Memory

To write an EEPROM data location, the user must first

write the address to the EEADR register and the data

to the EEDAT register. Then the user must follow a

specific sequence to initiate the write for each byte, as

shown in Example 10-2.

EXAMPLE 10-2: DATA EEPROM WRITE

The write will not initiate if the above sequence is not

exactly followed (write 55h to EECON2, write AAh to

EECON2, then set WR bit) for each byte. We strongly

recommend that interrupts be disabled during this

code segment. A cycle count is executed during the

required s equence . Any number th at is not equa l to the

required cycles to execute the required sequence will

prevent the data from being written into the EEPROM.

Additionally, the WREN bit in EECON1 must be set to

enable write. This mechanism prevents accidental

writes to data EEPROM due to errant (unexpected)

code execution (i.e., lost programs). The user should

keep the WREN bit clear at all times, except when

updating EEPROM. The WREN bit is not cleared

by hardware.

After a write sequence has been initiated, clearing the

WREN bit wil l not af fect this writ e cycle. T he WR bit will

be inhibi ted from bei ng s et u nless the WREN b it is se t.

At the completion of the write cycle, the WR bit is

cleared in hardware and the EE Write Complete

Interrupt Flag bit (EEIF) is set. The user can either

enable this interrupt or poll this bit. The EEIF bit of the

PIR1 register must be cleared by software.

10.4 Write Veri fy

Depending on the application, good programming

practice may dictate that the value written to the data

EEPROM should b e verifie d (see Example 10-3) to th e

desired value to be written.

EXAMPL E 10- 3: W R ITE VE RIF Y

10.4.1 USING THE DATA EEPROM

The data EEPROM is a high-endurance, byte

addressable array that has been optimized for the

storage of frequently changing information (e.g.,

program variables or other data that are updated often).

When variables in one section change frequently, while

variables in another section do not change, it is possible

to exceed the total number of write cycles to the

EEPROM (specification D124) without exceeding the

total number of write cycles to a single byte

(specifications D120 and D120A). If this is the case,

then a re fr esh of the arra y must be per formed . F or th is

reason, variables that change infrequently (such as

constants, IDs, calibration, etc.) should be stored in

Flash program memory.

BANKSEL EEADR ;

MOVLW CONFIG_ADDR ;

MOVWF EEADR ;Address to read

BSF EECON1,RD ;EE Read

MOVF EEDAT,W ;Move data to W

BANKSEL EECON1 ;

BSF EECON1,WREN ;Enable write

BCF INTCON,GIE ;Disable INTs

BTFSC INTCON,GIE ;See AN576

GOTO $-2 ;

MOVLW 55h ;Unlock write

MOVWF EECON2 ;

MOVLW AAh ;

MOVWF EECON2 ;

BSF EECON1,WR ;Start the write

BSF INTCON,GIE ;Enable INTS

Required

Sequence

BANKSELEEDAT ;

MOVF EEDAT,W ;EEDAT not changed

;from previous write

BSF EECON1,RD ;YES, Read the

;value written

XORWF EEDAT,W

BTFSS STATUS,Z ;Is data the same

GOTO WRITE_ERR ;No, handle error

: ;Yes, continue

PIC12F683

10.5 Protection Against Spurious Write

There are conditions when the user may not want to

write to the data EEPROM memory. To protect against

spurious EEPROM writes, various mechanisms have

been buil t in. On power-up, WR EN is cleare d. Also, the

Power-up Timer (64 ms duration) prevents

EEPROM write.

The wri te in iti ate sequence an d the WREN bi t tog eth er

help prevent an accidental write during:

• Brown-out

•Power Glitch

• Software Malfunction

10.6 Dat a EEPROM Operation During

Code-Protect

Data memo ry can be code-pro tected b y program ming

the CPD bit in the Configuration Word register

(Register 12-1) to ‘0’.

When the data memory is code-protected, the CPU is

able to read and write data to the data EEPROM. It is

recommended to code-protect the program memory

when code-protecting data memory. This prevents

anyone from programming zeroes over the existing

code (which will execute as NOPs) to reach an added

routine, programmed in unused program memory,

which outputs the contents of data memory.

Programming unused locations in program memory to

‘0’ will also help prevent data memory code protection

from becom ing breac hed .

TABLE 10-1: SUMMARY OF ASSOCIATED DATA EEPROM REGISTERS

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on

POR, BOR

Value on

all othe r

Resets

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 0000

PIR1 EEIF ADIF CCP1IF —CMIF OSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF 000- 0000 000- 0000

PIE1 EEIE ADIE CCP1IE —CMIE OSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE 000- 0000 000- 0000

EEDAT EEDAT7 EEDAT6 EEDAT5 EEDAT4 EEDAT3 EEDAT2 EEDAT1 EEDAT0 0000 0000 0000 0000

EEADR EEADR7 EEADR6 EEADR5 EEADR4 EEADR3 EEADR2 EEADR1 EEADR0 0000 0000 0000 0000

EECON1 — — — — WRERR WREN WR RD ---- x000 ---- q000

EECON2(1) EEPROM Control Register 2 ---- ---- ---- ----

Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented read as ‘0’, q = value depends upon condition. Shaded cells are not

used by the Data EEPROM module.

Note 1: EE CON2 is not a physical register.

PIC12F683

11.0 CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM

(CCP) MODULE

The Capture/Compare/PWM module is a peripheral

which allows the user to time and control different

events. In Capture mode, the peripheral allows the

timing of the duration of an event.The Compare mode

allows the user to trigger an external event when a

predetermined amount of time has expired. The PWM

mode can generate a Pulse-Width Modulated signal of

varying frequency and duty cycle.

The timer resources used by the module are shown in

Table 11-1

Additional information on CCP modules is available in

the Applic ation Not e AN594 , “Using the CCP Modules”

(DS00594).

TABLE 11-1: CCP MODE – TIMER

RESOURCES REQUIRED

CCP Mode Timer Resource

Capture Timer1

Compare Timer1

PWM Timer2

U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

—— DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 5-4 DC1B<1:0>: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits

Capture mode:

Unused.

Compare mode:

Unused.

PWM mo de:

These bits are the two LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs are found in CCPR1L.

bit 3-0 CCP1M<3:0>: CCP Mode Select bits

0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCP module)

0001 = Unused (reserved)

0010 = Unused (reserved)

0011 = Unused (reserved)

0100 = Capture mode, every falling edge

0101 = Capture mode, every rising edge

0110 = Capture mode, every 4th rising edge

0111 = Capture mode, every 16th rising edge

1000 = Compare mode, set output on match (CCP1IF bit is set)

1001 = Comp are mo de, clear output on match (CC P1IF bit is set)

1010 = Compare mode, generate software interrupt on match (CCP1IF bit is set, CCP1 pin

is unaffected)

1011 = Compare mode, trigger special event (CCP1IF bit is set, TMR1 is reset and A/D

conversion is started if the ADC module is enabled. CCP1 pin is unaffected.)

110x = PWM mode active-high

111x = PWM mode active-low

PIC12F683

11.1 Capture Mode

In Capture mode, CCPR1H:CCPR1L captures the

16-bit val ue of the TMR1 register when an event occurs

on pin CCP1. An event is defined as one of the

following and is configured by the CCP1M<3:0> bits of

the CCP1CON register:

• Every falling edge

• Every rising edge

• Every 4th rising edge

• Every 16th rising edge

When a cap ture i s m ade, the I nterrupt Re quest Flag bit

CCP1IF of the PIR1 register is set. The interrupt flag

must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs

before the value in the CCPR1H, CCPR1L register pair

is read, the old captured value is overwritten by the new

captured value (see Figure 11-1).

11.1.1 CCP1 PIN CONFIGURATION

In Capture mode, the CCP1 pin should be configured

as an input by setting the associated TRIS control bit.

FIGURE 11-1: CAPTURE MODE

OPERATION BLOCK

DIAGRAM

11.1.2 TIMER1 MODE SELECTION

T imer1 must be running in T imer mode or Synchroni zed

Counter mode for the CCP module to use the capture

feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the capture

operation may not work.

11.1.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT

When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture

interrupt may be generated. The user should keep the

CCP1IE i nterrupt en able bit of the PIE1 regis ter clear to

avoid false interrupts. Additionally, the user should

clear the CCP1IF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register

following any change in operating mode.

11.1.4 CCP PRESCALER

There are four prescaler settings specified by the

CCP1M<3:0> bits of the CCP1CON register.

Whenever the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP

module is not in Capture mode, the prescaler counter

is cleared. Any Reset will clear the prescal er counter.

Switching from one capture prescaler to another does not

clear the prescaler and may generate a false interrupt. To

avoid this unexpected operation, turn the module off by

clearing the CCP1CON register before changing the

prescaler (see Example 11-1).

EXAMPLE 11 -1: CHANGING BETWEEN

CAPTURE PRESCALERS

Note: If the C CP1 pin is con figured as an output ,

a write to the GPIO port can cause a

capture co ndition.

CCPR1H CCPR1L

TMR1H TMR1L

Set Flag bit CCP1IF

(PIR1 reg ister )

Capture

Enable

CCP1CON<3:0>

Prescaler

÷ 1, 4, 16

and

Edge Detect

CCP1

System Clock (FOSC)

BANKSEL CCP1CON ;Set Bank bits to point

;to CCP1CON

CLRF CCP1CON ;Turn CCP module off

MOVLW NEW_CAPT_PS ;Load the W reg with

; the new prescaler

; move value and CCP ON

MOVWF CCP1CON ;Load CCP1CON with this

; value

PIC12F683

11.2 Compare Mode

In C ompare mo de, t he 16- bit CC PR1 re gist er va lue is

constantly compared against the TMR1 register pair

value. When a match occurs, the CCP1 module may:

• Toggle th e CCP1 out put.

• Set the CCP1 output.

• Clear the CCP1 output.

• Generate a Special Event Trigger.

• Generate a Software Interrupt.

The action on the pin is based on the value of the

CCP1M<3:0> control bits of the CCP1CON register.

All Compare modes can generate an interrupt.

FIGURE 11-2: COMPARE MODE

OPERATION BLOCK

DIAGRAM

11.2.1 CCP1 PIN CONFIGURATION

The user m us t co nfi gure the C CP 1 pin a s an out put b y

clearing the associated TRIS bit.

11.2.2 TIMER1 MODE SELECTION

In Compare mode, Timer1 must be running in either

Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode. The

compare operation may not work in Asynchronous

Counter mode.

11.2.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE

When Generate Software Interrupt mode is chosen

(CCP1M<3:0> = 1010), the CCP1 module does not

assert control of the CCP1 pin (see the CCP1CON

11.2.4 SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER

When Special Event Trigger mode is chosen

(CCP1M<3:0> = 1011), the CCP1 module does the

following:

• Resets Timer1

• Starts an ADC conversion if ADC is enabled

The CCP 1 module do es not assert co ntrol of the CC P1

pin in this mode (see the CCP1CON register).

The Special Event Trigger output of the CCP occurs

immediately upon a match between the TMR1H,

TMR1L register pair and the CCPR1H, CCPR1L

reset until th e next r ising ed ge of the T imer1 clock. This

allows the CCPR1H, CCPR1L register pair to

effectively provide a 16-bit programmable period

Note: Clearing the CCP1CON register will force

the CCP1 compare output latch to the

default low level. This is not the GPIO I/O

data l atc h.

CCPR1H CCPR1L

TMR1H TMR1L

Comparator

ROutput

Logic

Specia l Event Trigge r

Set CCP1IF Interrupt Flag

(PIR1)

Match

TRIS

CCP1CON<3:0>

Mode Select

Output Enable

Special Event Trigger will:

• Clear TMR1H and TMR1L registers.

• NOT set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF of the PIR1 register.

• Set the GO/DONE bit to start the ADC conversion.

CCP1 4

Note 1: The Special Event Trigger from the CCP

module does not set interrupt flag bit

TMRxIF of the PIR1 register.

2: Removing the match condition by

changing the contents of the CCPR1H

and CCPR1L register pair, between the

clock edge that generates the Special

Event Trigger and the clock edge that

generates the T imer1 Reset, wi ll preclude

the Reset from occurring.

PIC12F683

11.3 PWM Mode

The PWM mode generates a Pulse-Width Modulated

signal on the CCP1 pin. The duty cycle, period and

resolution are determined by the following registers:

•PR2

•T2CON

• CCPR1L

• CCP1CON

In Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) mode, the CCP

module produce s up to a 10 -bit resoluti on PWM outp ut

on the CCP1 pin. Since the CCP1 pin is multiplexed

with the POR T dat a latch, the TRIS for that pi n must be

cleared to enable the CCP1 pin output driver.

Figure 11-1 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM

operation.

Figure 11-4 shows a typical waveform of the PWM

signal.

For a ste p-by-step proc edure on how t o set up the CC P

module for PWM operation, see Section 11.3.7

“Setup for PWM Operation”.

FIGURE 11-3: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK

DIAGRAM

The PWM output (Figure 11-4) has a time base

(period) and a time that the output stays high (duty

cycle).

FIGURE 11-4: CCP PWM OUTPUT

Note: Clearing the CCP1CON register will

relinquish CCP1 control of the CCP1 pin.

CCPR1L

CCPR1H(2) (Slave)

Comparator

TMR2

PR2

(1)

Duty Cycle Registers CCP1CON<5:4>

Clear Timer2 ,

toggle CCP1 pin and

latch duty cycle

Note 1: The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated

with the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or

2 bits of the prescaler , to create the 10-bit time

base.

2: In PWM mode, CCPR1H is a read-only register

TRIS

CCP1

Comparator

Period

Pulse Width

TMR2 = 0

TMR2 = CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>

TMR2 = PR2

PIC12F683

11.3.1 PWM PE RIO D

The PWM period is specified by the PR2 register of

Timer2. The PWM period can be calculated using the

formula of Equation 11-1.

EQUATION 11-1: PWM PERIOD

When TM R2 is equa l to PR2, t he followi ng three ev ents

occur on t he next inc rement cy cle:

• TMR2 is cl eare d

• The CCP1 pi n is se t. (Ex cep tio n: If the PWM duty

cycle = 0%, the pin will not be set.)

• The PWM dut y cycl e is latched from CCPR1L i nto

CCPR1H.

11.3.2 PWM DUTY CYCLE

The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit

value to multiple registers: CCPR1L register and

DC1B<1:0> bits of the CCP1CON register. The

CCPR1L contains the eight MSbs and the CCP1<1:0>

bits of the CCP1CON register contain the two LSbs.

CCPR1L and DC1B<1:0> bits of the CCP1CON

value is not latched into CCPR1H until after the period

completes (i.e., a match between PR2 and TMR2

registers occurs). While using the PWM, the CCPR1H

Equation 11-2 is used to calculate the PWM pulse

width.

Equat ion 11-3 is used to calcula te the PWM duty cy cl e

ratio.

EQUATION 11-2: PULSE WIDTH

EQUATION 11-3: DUTY CYCLE RATIO

The CCPR1H register and a 2-bit internal latch are

used to dou ble buf fer th e PWM duty cycle. Thi s doubl e

buffering is es sential for glitchless PWM operation.

The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with

either the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or 2 bits of

the prescaler , to create the 10-bit time ba se. The system

clock is used if the Timer2 prescaler is set to 1:1.

When the 1 0-bit time base matches the CCPR1H and 2-

bit latch, then the CCP1 pin is cl eared (see Figure 11-1).

11.3.3 PWM RES OLUTIO N

The res olution de termines the number of avai lable dut y

cycles for a given period. For example, a 10-bit resolution

will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles, whereas an 8-bit

resolu ti on will re su lt in 2 56 discrete du ty c ycl es .

The maximum PWM resolution is 10 bits when PR2 is

255. The resolution is a function of the PR2 register

value as shown by Equation 11-4.

EQUATION 11-4: PWM RESOLUTION

TABLE 11-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz)

TABLE 11-3: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 8 MHz)

Note: The Timer2 postscaler (see Section 7.0

“Timer2 Module”) is not used in the

determination of the PWM frequency.

PWM Period PR2()1+[]4TOSC •••=

(TM R2 Presc ale Value)

Note: If the pulse width value is greater than the

period the assigned PWM pin(s) will

remain unchanged.

Pulse Width CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>() •=

TOSC •(TMR2 Prescale Value)

Duty Cycle Ratio CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>()

4PR2 1+()

-----------------------------------------------------------------------=

Resolution 4PR2 1+()[]log 2()log

------------------------------------------ bits=

PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 78.12 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz

Timer Prescale (1, 4, 16) 16 4 1 1 1 1

PR2 Value 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17

Maximum Resolution (bits) 10 10 10 8 7 6.6

PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.90 kHz 19.61 kHz 76.92 kHz 153.85 kHz 200.0 kHz

Timer Prescale (1, 4, 16) 16 4 1 1 1 1

PR2 Value 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x19 0x0C 0x09

Maximum Resolution (bits) 8 8 8 6 5 5

PIC12F683

11.3.4 OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE

In Sleep mode, the TMR2 register will not increment

and the st ate of the module will not change. If the CCP1

pin is dri ving a value , it wi ll cont inue to d rive th at valu e.

When the device wakes up, TMR2 wil l continue from it s

previous state.

11.3.5 CHANGES IN SYSTEM CLOCK

FREQUENCY

The PWM frequency is derived from the system clock

frequency. Any changes in the system clock frequency

will result in changes to the PWM frequency. See

Section 3.0 “Oscillator Module (With Fail-Safe

Clock Monitor)” for additional deta ils.

11.3.6 EFFECTS OF RESET

Any Reset will force all ports to Input mode and the

CCP registers to their Reset states.

11.3.7 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION

The following steps should be taken when configuring

the CCP module for PWM operation:

1. Disable the PWM pin (CCP1) output drivers by

setting the associated TRIS bit.

2. Set the PWM period by loading the PR2 register .

3. Configure the CCP module for the PWM mode

by loading the CCP1CON register with the

appropriate values.

4. Set the PWM duty cycle by loading the CCPR1L

5. Configure and start Timer2:

• Clear the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit of the

PIR1 register.

• Set the T im er2 pres cale value by loa din g the

T2CKPS bits of the T2CON register.

• Enabl e Timer2 by se ttin g th e TM R 2ON bit of

the T2CON register.

6. Enable PWM outpu t afte r a ne w PW M cy cle has

started:

• Wait until Timer2 overflows (TMR2IF bit of

the PIR1 register is set).

• Enable the CCP1 pin output driver by

clearing the associated TRIS bit.

PIC12F683

TABLE 11-4: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE, COMPARE AND TIMER1

TABLE 11-5: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM AND TIMER2

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on

POR, BOR

Value on

all other

Resets

CCP1CON —— DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000

CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Regis ter 1 Low Byte ( LSB) xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte (MSB) xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

CMCON1 — — — — — —T1GSSCMSYNC ---- --10 ---- --10

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 000x

PIE1 EEIE ADIE CCP1IE — CMIE OSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE 000- 0000 000- 0000

PIR1 EEIF ADIF CCP1IF — CMIF OSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF 000- 0000 000- 0000

T1CON T1GINV TMR1GE T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 0000 0000

TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

TRISIO — — TRISIO5 TRISIO4 TRISIO3 TRISIO2 TRISIO1 TRISIO0 --11 1111 --11 1111

Legend: – = Unimpl emented locations, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the Capture and Compare.

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on

POR, BOR

Value on

all other

Resets

CCP1CON —— DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000

CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Regis ter 1 Low Byte ( LSB) xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte (MSB) xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 000x

PIE1 EEIE ADIE CCP1IE — CMIE OSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE 000- 0000 -000 0000

PIR1 EEIF ADIF CCP1IF — CMIF OSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF 000- 0000 -000 0000

PR2 Timer2 Perio d Regi ste r 1111 1111 1111 1111

T2CON — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000

TMR 2 Timer2 Module Regi ster 0000 0000 0000 0000

TRISIO — — TRISIO5 TRISIO4 TRISIO3 TRISIO2 TRISIO1 TRISIO0 --11 1111 --11 1111

Legend: – = Unimpl emented locations, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the PWM.

PIC12F683

NOTES:

PIC12F683

12.0 SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE

CPU

The PIC12F683 has a host of features intended to

maximize system reliability, minimize cost through

elimination of external components, provide power

saving features and offer code protection.

These features are:

• Reset

- Power-on Reset (P OR)

- Power-up Timer (PWRT)

- Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)

- Brown-out Reset (BOR)

• Interrupts

• Watchdog Timer (WDT)

• Oscillator Selection

• Sleep

• Code Protection

• ID Locations

• In-Circuit Serial Programming™

The PIC12F683 has two timers that offer necessary

delays on pow er-up. One is the Oscillator Start-up T imer

(OST), intended to keep th e chip i n Reset until the crys-

tal oscillator is stable. The other is t he Power-up Timer

(PWRT), which provides a fixed delay of 64 ms (nomi-

nal) on power-up only, designed to keep the part in

Reset while the power supply stabilizes. There is also

circuitry to reset the device if a brown-out occurs, which

can use the Power-up T ime r to provide at least a 64 ms

Reset. With these three functions on-chip, most

applications need no external R ese t circuitry.

The Sleep mode is des igned to of fer a very l ow-c urrent

Power-down mode. The user can wake-up from Sleep

through:

•External Reset

• Watchdog Timer Wake-up

• An interrupt

Several oscillator options are also made available to

allow the p art to f it th e a ppl ic ati on. The INTOSC op tio n

saves system cost while the LP crystal option saves

power. A set of Configuration bits are used to select

various o ptions (see Register 12-1).

12.1 Configuration Bits

The Configuration bits can be programmed (read as

‘0’), or left unprogrammed (read as ‘1’) to select various

device configurations as shown in Register 12-1.

These bits are mapped in program memory location

2007h.

Note: Address 2007h is beyond the user

program memory space. It belongs to the

special configuration memory space

(2000h-3FFFh), which can be accessed

only during programming. See

“PIC12F6XX/16F6XX Memory Program-

ming Specification” (DS41204) for more

information.

PIC12F683

— — —— FCMEN IESO BOREN1 BOREN0

bit 15 bit 8

CPD CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit P = Programmable’ U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘ 0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-12 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’

bit 11 FCMEN: Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Enabled bit

1 = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled

0 = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is disabled

bit 10 IESO: Internal External Switchover bit

1 = Internal External Switchover mode is enabled

0 = Internal External Switchover mode is disabled

bit 9-8 BOREN<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Selection bits(1)

11 = BOR enabled

10 = BOR enabled during operation and disabled in Sleep

01 = BOR controlled by SBOREN bit of the PCON register

00 = BOR disabled

bit 7 CPD: Data Code Protection bit(2)

1 = Data memory code protection is disabled

0 = Data memory code protect ion is enabled

bit 6 CP: Code Protection bit(3)

1 = Program memory code protection is disabled

0 = Program memory code protection is enabled

bit 5 MCLRE: GP3/MCLR pin function select bit(4)

1 = GP3/MCLR pin function is MCLR

0 = GP3/MCLR pin function is digital input, MCLR internally tied to VDD

bit 4 PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit

1 = PWRT disabled

0 = PWRT enabled

bit 3 WDTE: Watchdog Ti mer Enable bit

1 = WDT enabled

0 = WDT disabled and can be enabled by SWDTEN bit of the WDTCON register

bit 2-0 FOSC<2:0>: Oscillator Selection bits

111 = RC oscillator: CLKOUT function on GP4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, RC on GP5/OSC1/CLKIN

110 = RCIO oscillator: I/O function on GP4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, RC on GP5/OSC1/CLKIN

101 = INTOSC osci llat or : CLKOUT fu nctio n on GP4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, I/O funct ion on GP5/OSC1/CLKIN

100 = INTOSCIO oscillator: I/O function on GP4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, I/O function on GP5/OSC1/CLKIN

011 = EC: I/O function on GP4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, CLKIN on GP5/OSC1/CLKIN

010 = HS oscillator: High-speed crystal/resonator on GP4/OSC2/CLKOUT and GP5/OSC1/CLKIN

001 = X T oscillator: Crystal/resonator on GP4/OSC2/CLKO UT and GP5/OSC1/C LKI N

000 = LP oscillator: Low-power crystal on GP4/OSC2/CLKOUT and GP5/OSC1/CLKIN

Note 1: Enabling Brown-out Reset does not automatically enable Power-up Timer.

2: The entire data EEPROM will be erased when the code protection is turned off.

3: The entire program memory will be erased when the code protection is turned off.

4: When MCLR is asserted in INTOSC or RC mode, the internal clock oscillator is disabled.

PIC12F683

12.2 Calibrati on Bits

Brown-out Reset (BOR), Power-on Reset (POR) and

8 MHz internal oscillator (HFINTOSC) are factory cali-

brated. These calibration values are stored in fuses

located in the Calibration Word (2009h). The Calibra-

tion Word is not erased when using the specified bulk

erase sequence in the “PIC12F6XX/16F6XX Memory

Programm ing Specific ation” (DS412 44) and thus, does

not require reprogramming.

12.3 Reset

The PIC1 2F683 diffe rentiates betw een various ki nds of

Reset:

a) P ower-on R eset (POR)

b) WDT Reset during normal operation

c) WDT Reset during Sleep

d) MCLR Reset during normal operation

e) MCLR Reset during Sleep

f) Brown-out Reset (BOR)

Some regi sters a re not af fected in a ny Rese t conditio n;

their status is un kn ow n on POR a nd un ch ang ed i n any

other Reset. Most other registers are reset to a “Reset

state” on:

• Power- on Reset

•MCLR

Reset

•MCLR

Reset during Sleep

• WDT Reset

• Brown-out Reset (BOR)

WDT wake-up does not cause register resets in the

same manner as a WDT Reset since wake-up is

viewed as the resumptio n of no rm al op era t ion . T O an d

PD bits are set or cleared differently in different Reset

situati ons, as indicat ed in Table 12-2. Software c an use

these bits to determine the nature of the Reset. See

Table 12-4 for a full description of Reset states of all

registers.

A simplif ied block diagra m of the On-Chip Rese t Circu it

is sh own i n Figure 12-1.

The MCLR Reset path has a noise filter to detect and

ignore small pulses. See Section 15.0 “Electrical

Specifications” for pulse-width specifications.

FIGURE 12-1: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT

Note 1: Refer to the Configuration Word register (Register 12-1).

External

Reset

MCLR/VPP pin

VDD

OSC1/

WDT

Module

VDD Rise

Detect

OST/PWRT

LFINTOSC

WDT

Time-out

Power-on Reset

OST

10-bit Ripple Counter

PWRT

Chip_Reset

11-bit Ripple Counter

Reset

Enable OST

Enable PWRT

SLEEP

Brown-out(1)

Reset SBOREN

BOREN

CLKI pin

PIC12F683

12.3.1 POWER-ON RESET

The on-chip POR circuit holds the chip in Reset until

VDD has reached a high enough level for proper

operation. To take advantage of the POR, simply

connect the MCLR pin through a resistor to VDD. This

will eliminate external RC components usually needed

to create Power-on Reset. A maximum rise time for

VDD is required. See Section 15.0 “Electrical

Specifications” for details. If the BOR is enabled, the

maximum rise time specification does not apply. The

BOR circuitry will keep the device in Reset until VDD

reaches VBOD (see Section 12.3.4 “Brown-Out Reset

(BOR)”).

When the device starts normal operation (exits the

Reset condition), device operating parameters (i.e.,

voltage, frequency, temperature, etc.) must be met to

ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the

device must be held in Reset until the operating

conditions are met.

For addi tional inform ation, refer to the Ap plicatio n No te

AN607, “Power-up Trouble Shooting” (DS00607).

12.3.2 MCLR

PIC12F683 has a noise filter in the MCLR Reset path.

The filter will detect and ignore small pul ses.

It should be noted that a WDT Reset does not drive

MCLR pin low.

Voltages applied to the MCLR pin that exceed its

specification can result in both MCLR Resets and

excessive current beyond the device specification

during the ESD event. For this reason, Microchip

recommends that the MCLR pin no longer be tied

directly to VDD. The use of an RC network , as shown in

Figure 12-2, is suggeste d.

An internal MCLR option is enabled by clearing the

MCLRE bit in the Configuration Word register. When

MCLRE = 0, the Reset signal to the chip is generated

internally. When the MCLRE = 1, the GP3/MCLR pin

becomes an external Reset input. In this mode, the

GP3/MCLR pin has a weak pull-up to VDD.

FIGURE 12-2: RECOMMENDED MCLR

CIRCUIT

12.3.3 POWER-UP TIMER (PWRT)

The Power-up Timer provides a fixed 64 ms (nominal)

time-out on power-up only, from POR or Brown-out

Reset. The Power-up Timer operates from the 31 kHz

LFINTOSC oscillator. For more information, see

Section 3.5 “Internal Clock Mo des”. Th e ch ip is ke pt

in Reset as long as PWRT is active. The PWRT delay

allows the VDD to rise to an acceptable level. A

Configuration bit, PWRTE, can disable (if set) or enable

(if cleared or programmed) the Power-up Timer. The

Power-up Timer should be enabled when Brown-out

Reset is enabled, although it is not required.

The Power-up Timer delay will vary from chip-to-chip

due to:

•V

DD variation

• Temperature variation

• Process variation

See DC parameters for details (Section 15.0

“Electrical Specifications”).

Note: The POR circuit does not produce an

internal Reset when VDD declines. To

re-enable the POR, VDD must reach Vss

for a minimum of 100 μs.

Note: Voltage spikes below VSS at the MCLR

pin, induc ing cu rrent s gre ater than 80 mA,

may ca use la tch-up . Thus , a ser ies res is-

tor of 50-100 Ω should be used when

applying a “low” level to the MCLR pin,

rather than pulling this pin directly to VSS.

VDD

PIC®

MCLR

1kΩ (or greater)

0.1 μF

(optional, not critical)

100 Ω

(needed with capacitor)

SW1

(optional)

MCU

PIC12F683

12.3.4 BROWN-OUT RESET (BOR)

The BOREN0 and BOREN1 bits in the Configuration

Word register select one of four BOR modes. Two

modes have been added to a llow softw are or hardwa re

control of the BOR enable. When BOREN<1:0> = 01,

the SBOREN bit of the PCON register enables/disables

the BOR, allowing it to be controlled in software. By

selecting BOREN<1:0> = 10, the BOR is automatically

disabled in Sleep to conserve power and enabled on

wake-up. In this mode, the SBOREN bit is disabled.

See Register 12-1 for the Configuration Word

definition.

A brown-out occurs when VDD falls below VBOR for

greater than parameter TBOR (see Section 15.0

“Electrical Specifications”). The brown-out condition

will reset the device. This will occur regardless of VDD

slew rate. A Brown-out Reset may not occur if VDD falls

below VBOR for less than parameter TBOR.

On any Reset (Power-on, Brown-out Reset, Watchdog

T imer , et c.), the ch ip will remai n in Reset until VDD rises

above VBOR (see Figure 12-3). If enabled, the

Power-up Timer w i ll b e in vo ke d by th e R es et a nd k ee p

the chip in Reset an additional 64 ms.

If VDD drops below VBOR while the Power-up Timer is

running, the chip will go back into a Brown-out Reset

and the Power-u p Timer will be re-initialized. Onc e VDD

rises above VBOR, the Power-up Timer will execute a

64 ms Reset.

12.3.5 BOR CALIBRAT ION

The PIC12F683 stores the BOR calibration values in

fuses located in the Calibration Word register (2008h).

The Cali bration Word reg ister is not erased when using

the specified bulk erase sequence in the

“PIC12F6XX/16F6XX Memory Programming Specifi-

cation” (DS41204) and thus, does not require

reprogramming.

FIGURE 12-3: BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS

Note: The Power-up Timer is enabled by the

PWRTE bit in the Configuration Word

Note: Address 2008h is beyond the user pro-

gram memory space. It belongs to the

special configuration memory space

(2000h-3FFFh), which can be accessed

only during programming. See

“PIC12F6XX/16F6XX Memory Program-

ming Specification” (DS41204) for more

information.

64 ms(1)

VBOR

VDD

Internal

Reset

VBOR

VDD

Internal

Reset 64 ms(1)

< 64 ms

64 ms(1)

VBOR

VDD

Internal

Reset

Note 1: 64 ms delay only if PWRTE bit is programmed to ‘0’.

PIC12F683
DS41211D-page 88 © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.3.6 TIME-OUT SEQUENCE
On power-up, the time-out seque nce is a s follows: 
• PWRT time-out is invoked after POR has expired.
• OST is activated after the PWRT time-out has 
expired.
The total time-out will vary based on oscillator
configuration and PWR TE bit status. For example, in  EC
mode with PWRTE bit erased (PWRT disabled), there
will be no time-out at all. Figure 12-4, Figure 12-5 and
Figure 12-6 depict time-out sequences. The device can
execute code from the INTOSC while OST is active by
enabling Two-Speed Start-up or Fail-Safe Monitor (see
Section 3.7.2 “Two-Speed Start-up Sequence” and
Section 3.8 “Fail-Safe Clock Monitor”).
Since the  time-outs oc cur from the POR  pulse, if MCLR
is kept low lon g enough, the time-out s will expire. Then,
bringing MCLR high will begin execution immediately
(see Figure 12-5). This is useful for testing purposes or
to synchronize more than one PIC12F683 device
operating in parallel.
Table 12-5 shows the Reset conditions for some
special registers, while Table 12-4 shows the Reset
conditions for all the registers. 
12.3.7 POWER CONTROL (PCON) 
REGISTER 
The Power Control register PCON (address 8Eh) has
two Status bits to indicate what type of Reset occurred
last.
Bit 0 is BOR (Brown-out). BOR is unknown on
Power-on Reset. It must then be set by the user and
checked on subsequent Resets to see if BOR = 0,
indicating that a Brown-out has occurred. The BOR
Status bit is a “don’t care” and is not necessarily
predictable if the brown-out circuit is disabled
(BOREN<1:0>  = 00 in the Configuration Word
register).
Bit 1 is  POR (Power-on Reset). It is a ‘0’ on Power-on
Reset  and unaf fec ted oth erwise. T he user m ust write  a
‘1’ to this bit following a Power-on Reset. On a subse-
quent Reset, if POR is ‘0’, it will indicate that a
Power-on Reset has occurred (i.e., VDD may have
gone too low).
For more information, see Section 4.2.4 “Ultra
Low-Power Wake-up” and Section 12.3.4
“Brown-Out Reset (BOR)”.
TABLE 12-1: TIME-OUT IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS
TABLE 12-2: STATUS/PCON BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE
TABLE 12-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH BROWN-OUT RESET   
Oscillator Configuration Power-up Brown-out Reset Wake-up from 
Sleep
PWRTE = 0PWRTE = 1PWRTE = 0PWRTE = 1
XT, HS, LP TPWRT + 1024 • 
TOSC 1024 • TOSC TPWRT + 1024 • 
TOSC 1024 • TOSC 1024 • TOSC
RC, EC, INTOSC TPWRT —TPWRT ——
POR BOR TO PD Condition
0x11Power-on Reset
u011Brown-out Reset
uu0uWDT Reset
uu00WDT Wake -up
uuuuMCLR Reset during normal operation
uu10MCLR Reset during Sleep
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown
Name Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Va lue on 
POR, BOR
Value on 
all other 
Resets(1)
CONFIG(2) BOREN1 BOREN0 CPD CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0 — —
PCON — — ULPWUE SBOREN ——PORBOR --01 --qq --0u --uu
STATUS IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD ZDC C0001 1xxx 000q quuu
Legend: u = unchanged , x = unknown, – = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition. Shaded cells are not used by BOR.
Note 1: Other (non Power-up) Resets include MCLR Rese t and Watchdog Timer R e set dur ing nor ma l  opera tion .
2: See Configuration Word register (Register 12-1) for operation of all register bits.

PIC12F683

FIGURE 12-4: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (DELAYED MCLR)

FIGURE 12-5: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (DELAYED MCLR)

FIGURE 12-6: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR WITH VDD)

TPWRT

TOST

VDD

MCLR

Internal POR

PWRT T ime-out

OST Time-out

Internal Reset

VDD

MCLR

Internal POR

PWRT Time-out

OST Time-out

Internal Reset

TPWRT

TOST

TPWRT

TOST

VDD

MCLR

Internal POR

PWRT Time-out

OST Time-out

Internal Reset

PIC12F683

TABLE 12-4: INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR REGISTERS

WDT Rese t

Brown-out Reset(1)

Wake-up from Sleep

through Interrupt

Wake-up from Sleep through

WDT Time-out

W—xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu

INDF 00h/80h xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

TMR0 01h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu

PCL 02h/82h 0000 0000 0000 0000 PC + 1(3)

STATUS 03h/83h 0001 1xxx 000q quuu(4) uuuq quuu(4)

FSR 04h/84h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu

GPIO 05h --x0 x000 --x0 x000 --uu uuuu

PCLATH 0Ah/8Ah ---0 0000 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu

INTCON 0Bh/8Bh 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu(2)

PIR1 0Ch 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu(2)

TMR1L 0Eh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu

TMR1H 0Fh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu

T1CON 10h 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu -uuu uuuu

TMR2 11h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu

T2CON 12h -000 0000 -000 0000 -uuu uuuu

CCPR1L 13h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu

CCPR1H 14h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu

CCP1CON 15h --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu

WDTCON 18h ---0 1000 ---0 1000 ---u uuuu

CMCON0 19h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu

CMCON1 20h ---- --10 ---- --10 ---- --uu

ADRESH 1Eh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu

ADCON0 1Fh 00-- 0000 00-- 0000 uu-- uuuu

OPTION_REG 81h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu

TRISIO 85h --11 1111 --11 1111 --uu uuuu

PIE1 8Ch 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu

PCON 8Eh --01 --0x --0u --uu(1,5) --uu --uu

OSCCON 8Fh -110 q000 -110 q000 -uuu uuuu

OSCTUNE 90h ---0 0000 ---u uuuu ---u uuuu

PR2 92h 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111

WPU 95h --11 -111 --11 -111 uuuu uuuu

IOC 96h --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu

VRCON 99h 0-0- 0000 0-0- 0000 u-u- uuuu

EEDAT 9Ah 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu

EEADR 9Bh 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu

Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, – = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.

Note 1: If VDD goes too low, Power-on Reset will be activated and registers will be affected differently.

2: One or more bits in INTCON and/or PIR1 will be affected (to cause wake-up).

3: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt

vector (0004h).

4: See Table 12-5 for Reset value for specific condition.

5: If Reset was due to brown-out, then bit 0 = 0. All other Resets will cause bi t 0 = u.

PIC12F683

TABLE 12-5: INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS

EECON1 9Ch ---- x000 ---- q000 ---- uuuu

EECON2 9Dh ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

ADRESL 9Eh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu

ANSEL 9Fh -000 1111 -000 1111 -uuu uuuu

TABLE 12-4: INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR REGISTERS (CONTINUED)

WDT Rese t

Brown-out Reset(1)

Wake-up from Sleep

through Interrupt

Wake-up from Sleep through

WDT Time-out

Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, – = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.

Note 1: If VDD goes too low, Power-on Reset will be activated and registers will be affected differently.

2: One or more bits in INTCON and/or PIR1 will be affected (to cause wake-up).

3: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt

vector (0004h).

4: See Table 12-5 for Reset value for specific condition.

5: If Reset was due to brown-out, then bit 0 = 0. All other Resets will cause bi t 0 = u.

Condition Program

Counter Status

Power-on Reset 000h 0001 1xxx --01 --0x

MCLR Reset during Normal Operation 000h 000u uuuu --0u --uu

MCLR Reset during Sleep 000h 0001 0uuu --0u --uu

WDT Reset 000h 0000 uuuu --0u --uu

WDT Wake-up PC + 1 uuu0 0uuu --uu --uu

Brown-out Reset 000h 0001 1uuu --01 --10

Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1(1) uuu1 0uuu --uu --uu

Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, – = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’.

Note 1: When the w ake-up is du e to an inter rupt and G lobal In terrupt Ena ble bit, GIE, is set, the PC is loade d with

the inter rupt vector (0004h) afte r execution of PC + 1.

PIC12F683

12.4 Interrupts

The PIC12F683 has multiple interrupt sources:

• External Inte rrup t GP2/INT

• Timer0 Overflow Interrupt

• GPIO Change Interrupts

• Comparator Interrupt

• A/D Interrupt

• Timer1 Overflow Interrupt

• Timer2 Match Interrupt

• EEPROM Data Write Interrupt

• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Interrupt

• CCP Interrupt

The Interrup t Control register (INTCON) and Peripheral

Interrupt Request Register 1 (PIR1) record individual

interrupt requests in flag bits. The INTCON register

also has individual and global interrupt enable bits.

The Global Interrupt Enable bit, GIE of the INTCON

disables (if cleared) all interrupts. Individual interrupts

can be disabled through their corresponding enable

bits in the INTCON register and PIE1 register. GIE is

cleared on Reset.

When an interrupt is serviced, the following actions

occu r aut omatically:

• The GIE i s clea red to disable an y fu rthe r interrupt.

• The return address is pushed onto the stack.

• The PC is loaded with 0004h.

The Return from Interrupt instruction, RETFIE, exits

the interrupt routine, as well as sets the GIE bit, which

re-enabl es unm as ke d inte rrupts.

The following interrupt flags are contained in the

INTCON register:

• INT Pin Interrupt

• GPIO Change Interrupt

• Timer0 Overflow Interrupt

The perip heral interru pt flags ar e cont ained in the PIR1

contained in the PIE1 register.

The following interrupt flags are contained in the PIR1

• EEPROM Data Write Interrupt

• A/D Interrupt

• Comparator Interrupt

• Timer1 Overflow Interrupt

• Timer2 Match Interrupt

• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Interrupt

• CCP Interrupt

For external interrupt events, such as the INT pin or

GPIO change interrupt, the interrupt latency will be

three or four instruction cycles. The exact latency

depends upon when the interrupt event occurs (see

Figure 12-8). The latency is the same for one or

two-cycle instructions. Once in the Interrupt Service

Routine, the source(s) of the interrupt can be

determined by polling the interrupt flag bits. The

interrupt flag bit(s) must be cleared in software before

re-enabling interrupts to avoid multiple interrupt

requests.

For additional information on Timer1, Timer2,

comparators, ADC, data EEPROM or Enhanced CCP

modules, refer to the respective peripheral section.

12.4.1 GP2/INT INTERRUPT

The external interrupt on the GP2/INT pin is

edge-trig gered; either on t he rising e dge i f the INTEDG

bit of the OPTION register is set, or the falling edge, if

the INTE DG bit i s clear. When a v alid e dge ap pears o n

the GP2/ INT pin, the INTF bit o f the INTCON register i s

set. This interrupt can be di sabled by clearing the IN TE

control bit of the INTCON register. The INTF bit must

be cleared by softwa re i n the Interrupt Serv ic e Routine

before re -enabling this int errupt. The GP2/INT in terrupt

can wake-up the processor from Sleep, if the INTE bit

was set prior to going into Sleep. See Section 12.7

“Power-Down M ode (Sleep)” f or deta ils on Sleep and

Figure 12-10 for timing of wake-up from Sleep through

GP2/INT interrupt.

Note 1: Individual interrupt flag bits are set,

regardless of the status of their

corresponding mask bit or the GIE bit.

2: When an instruction that clears the GIE

bit is executed, any interrupts that were

pending for execution in the next cycle

are ignored. The interrupts, which were

ignored, are still pending to be serviced

when the GIE bit is set again.

Note: The ANSEL and CMCON0 registers must

be initialized to configure an analog

channel as a digital input. Pins configured

as analog inputs will read ‘0’ and cannot

generate an interrupt.

PIC12F683

12.4.2 TIMER0 INTERRUPT

An overflow (FFh → 00h) in the TMR0 register will set

the T0IF (INTCON<2>) bit. The interrupt can be

enabled / di sa ble d by s etti ng/ cle ari ng the T0IE bit of the

INTCON register. See Section 5.0 “Timer0 Module”

for operation of the Timer0 module.

12.4.3 GPIO INTERRUPT

An input change on GPIO change sets the GPIF bit of

the INTCON register. The interrupt can be

enabled/disabled by setting/clearing the GPIE bit of the

INTCON register. Plus, individual pins can be

configured through the IOC register.

FIGURE 12-7: INTERRUP T LOGIC

Note: If a change on the I/O pin should occur

when any GPIO operation is being

executed, then the GPIF interrupt flag may

not get set.

TMR1IF

TMR1IE

CMIF

CMIE

T0IF

T0IE

INTF

INTE

GPIF

GPIE

GIE

PEIE

Wake-up (If in Sleep mode)

Inte rrup t to C PU

EEIE

EEIF

ADIF

ADIE

IOC-GP0

IOC0

IOC-GP1

IOC1

IOC-GP2

IOC2

IOC-GP3

IOC3

IOC-GP4

IOC4

IOC-GP5

IOC5

TMR2IF

TMR2IE

CCP1IF

CCP1IE

OSFIF

OSFIE

PIC12F683

FIGURE 12-8: INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING

TABLE 12-6: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPT S

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on

POR, BOR

Value on

all other

Resets

INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE GPIE T0IF INTF GPIF 0000 0000 0000 0000

IOC —— IOC5 IOC4 IOC3 IOC2 IOC1 IOC0 --00 0000 --00 0000

PIR1 EEIF ADIF CCP1IF — CMIF OSFIF TMR2IF TMR1IF 000- 0000 000- 0000

PIE1 EEIE ADIE CCP1IE — CMIE OSFIE TMR2IE TMR1IE 000- 0000 000- 0000

Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented read as ‘0’, q = value depends upon condition.

Shaded cells are not used by the interrupt module.

Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4

OSC1

CLKOUT

INT pin

INTF flag

(INTCON reg.)

GIE bi t

(INTCON reg.)

INST RUCTION FL OW

Instruction

Fetched

Instruction

Executed

Interrupt Latency

PC PC + 1 PC + 1 0004h 0005h

Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h)

Dummy Cycle

Inst (PC) Inst (PC + 1)

Inst (PC – 1) Inst (0004h)

Dummy Cycle

Inst ( PC)

—

Note 1: INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1).

2: Asynchronous interrupt latency = 3-4 TCY. Synchronous latency = 3 TCY, where TCY = instruction cycle time. Latency

is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction.

3: CLKOUT is available only in INTOSC and RC Oscillator modes.

4: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specifications in Section 15.0 “Electrical Specifications”.

5: INTF is enabled to be set any time during the Q4-Q1 cycles.

(1) (2)

(3) (4)

(5)

(1)

PIC12F683

12.5 Context Saving During Interr upts

During an interrupt, only the return PC value is saved

on the stack. Typically, users may wish to save key

registers during an interrupt (e.g., W and STATUS

registers). This must be implemented in software.

Since the lower 16 bytes of al l banks are common in the

PIC12F683 (see Figure 2-2), temporary holding regis-

ters, W_TEMP and STATUS_TEMP, should be placed

in here. These 16 l oc ati ons do not requ ire ba nk ing an d

therefore, makes it easier to context save and restore.

The same code shown in Example 12-1 can be used

to:

• Store the W register.

• Store the STATUS register.

• Execute the ISR code.

• Restore the Status (and Bank Select Bit register).

• Restore the W register.

EXAMPLE 12-1: SAVING STATUS AND W REGISTERS IN RAM

Note: The PIC1 2F683 n ormall y does n ot requi re

saving the PCLATH. However, if com-

puted GOTO’s are used in the ISR and the

main code, the PCLATH must be saved

and restored in the ISR.

MOVWF W_TEMP ;Copy W to TEMP register

SWAPF STATUS,W ;Swap status to be saved into W

;Swaps are used because they do not affect the status bits

MOVWF STATUS_TEMP ;Save status to bank zero STATUS_TEMP register

:(ISR) ;Insert user code here

SWAPF STATUS_TEMP,W ;Swap STATUS_TEMP register into W

;(sets bank to original state)

MOVWF STATUS ;Move W into STATUS register

SWAPF W_TEMP,F ;Swap W_TEMP

SWAPF W_TEMP,W ;Swap W_TEMP into W

PIC12F683

12.6 Watchdog Timer (WDT)

The WDT has the following features:

• Operates from the LFINTOSC (31 kHz)

• Contain s a 16-bit prescaler

• Shares an 8-bit prescaler with Timer0

• Time-out period is from 1 ms to 268 seconds

• Configuration bit and software controlled

WDT is cleared under certain conditions described in

Table 12-7.

12.6.1 WDT OSCILLAT OR

The WDT derives its time base from the 31 kHz

LFINTOSC. The LTS bit of the OSCCON regi ste r does

not reflect that the LFINTOSC is enabled.

The value of WDTCON is ‘---0 1000’ on all R ese ts.

This gives a nominal time base of 17 ms.

12.6.2 WDT CONTROL

The WDTE bit is located in the Configuration Word

When the WDTE bit i n the Configurati on Word register

is set, the SWDTEN bit of the WDTCON register has no

effect. If WDTE is clear, then the SWDTEN bit can be

used to e nable and d isable the WDT. Setting the b it will

enable it and clearing the bit will disable it.

The PSA and PS<2:0> bits of the OPTION register

have the same function as in previous versions of the

PIC12F683 Family of microcontrollers. See

Section 5.0 “Timer0 Module” for more information.

FIGURE 12-9: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM

TABLE 12-7: WDT STATUS

Note: When the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)

is invoked, the WDT is held in Reset,

bec ause the WD T Ri pple C ounte r i s us ed

by the OST to perform the oscillator delay

count. When the OST count has expired,

the WDT will begin counting (if enabled).

Conditions WDT

WDTE = 0

Cleared

CLRWDT Command

Oscillator Fail Detected

Exit Sleep + System Clock = T1OSC, EXTRC, INTRC, EXTCLK

Exit Sleep + System Clock = XT, HS, LP Cleared until the end of OST

31 kHz

PSA

16-bit WDT Prescaler

From Timer0 Clock Source

Prescaler(1)

PS<2:0>

PSA

WDT Time -out

To Timer0

WDTPS<3:0>

WDTE from Configuration Word regi ster

SWDTEN from WDTCON

LFINTOSC Clock

Note 1: This is the shared Timer0/WDT prescaler. See Sectio n 5.0 “Timer0 Module” for more information.

PIC12F683

TABLE 12-8: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH WATCHDOG T IMER

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — WDTPS3 WDTPS2 WDTPS1 WDTPS0 SWDTEN

bit 7 bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 4-1 WDTPS<3:0>: Watchdog Timer Period Select bits

Bit Value = Prescale Rate

0000 = 1:32

0001 = 1:64

0010 = 1:128

0011 = 1:256

0100 = 1:5 12 (Reset value)

0101 = 1:1024

0110 = 1:2048

0111 = 1:4096

1000 = 1:8192

1001 = 1:16384

1010 = 1:32768

1011 = 1:65536

1100 = Res erved

1101 = Res erved

1110 = Res erved

1111 = Res erved

bit 0 SWDTEN: Software Enable or Disable t he Watchdog Timer(1)

1 = WDT is turned on

0 = WDT is turned off (Reset value)

Note 1: If WDTE Configuration bit = 1, then WDT is always enabled, irrespective of this control bit. If WDTE

Configu ration b it = 0, then it is possible to turn WDT on/off with this control bit.

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 V a lue on

POR, BOR

Value on

all other

Resets

WDTCON — — — WDTPS3 WDTPS2 WSTPS1 WDTPS0 SWDTEN ---0 1000 ---0 1000

OPTION_REG GPPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111

CONFIG CPD CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0 — —

Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the Watchdog T imer.

Note 1: See Register 12-1 for operation of all Configuration Word register bits.

PIC12F683

12.7 Power-Down Mode (Sleep)

The Power-down mode is entered by executing a

SLEEP instruction.

If the Watchdog Timer is enabled:

• WDT will be cleared but keeps running.

•PD

bit in the STATUS register is cleared.

•TO

bit is set.

• Oscillator driver is turned off.

• I/O ports maintain the status they had before SLEEP

was executed (driving high, low or high-impedance).

For lowest current consumption in this mode, all I/O pins

should be either at V DD or VSS, with no external circuitry

drawing current from the I/O pin and the comparators

and CVREF should be disabled. I/O pins that are

high-impedance inputs should be pulled high or low

externally to avoid switching current s caused by floating

input s. The T0CKI input should also be at VDD or VSS for

lowest current consumption. The contribution from

on-chip pull-ups on GPIO s hould be c onsidered.

The MCLR pin must be at a logic high level.

12.7.1 WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP

The devi ce can wake -up from Sleep through one of th e

following events:

1. External Reset input on MCLR pin.

2. Watchdog Timer wake-up (if WDT was

enabled).

3. Interrupt from GP2/INT pin, GPIO change or a

peripheral interrupt.

The firs t event wi ll cause a devic e Reset. The two latter

events are considered a continuation of program

execution. The TO and PD bits in the STATUS register

can be us ed to determine the cause o f a device R ese t.

The PD bit , whi ch i s set on pow er-u p, is clea red w hen

Sleep is invoked. TO bit is cleared if WDT wake-up

occurred.

The follo wing periph eral interrupt s can wake the device

from Sleep:

1. Timer1 interrupt. Timer1 must be operating as

an asynchronous counter.

2. ECCP Capture mode interrupt.

3. A/D conve rsion (when A/D clock source is FRC).

4. EEPROM write operation completion.

5. Comparator output changes state.

6. Interrupt-on-change.

7. External Interrupt from INT pin.

Other peripherals cannot generate interrupts since

during Sleep, no on-chip clocks are present.

When the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next

instruction (PC + 1) is prefetched. For the device to

wake-up thro ugh an interrupt event, the co rres pon din g

interrupt enable bit must be set (enabled). Wake-up

occurs regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE

bit is clear (disabled), the device continues execution at

the ins truction a fter the SLEEP i nstructio n. If the GI E bit

is set (enabled), the device executes the instruction

after the SLEEP instruction, then branches to the inter-

rupt address (0004h). In cases where the execution of

the instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the

user should have a NOP after the SLEEP instruction.

The WDT is cleared when the device wakes up from

Sleep, regardless of the source of wake-up.

12.7.2 WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS

When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and

any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit

and inte rrupt fla g bit s et, one of the fo llow ing wil l occur:

• If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a

SLEEP instruction, the SLEEP instruction will

comple te as a NOP. The refore, the WD T and WDT

prescaler and postscaler (if enabled) will not be

cleared, the TO bit will not be set and the PD bit

will not be cleared.

• If the interrupt occurs during or after the

execution of a SLEEP instruc tion, the device will

Immediately wake-up from Sleep. The SLEEP

instruction is executed. Therefore, the WDT and

WDT prescal er and pos t s ca ler (if ena bled) will be

cleared, the TO bit will be set and the PD bit will

be cleared.

Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a

SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to

become set before the SLEEP instruct ion completes . To

determine whether a SLEEP instruction executed, test

the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction

was executed as a NOP.

To ensure that the WDT is cleared, a CLRWDT ins truction

should be executed before a SLEEP instruction. See

Figure 12-10 for more details.

Note: It should be noted that a Reset generated

by a WDT time-out does not drive MCLR

pin low.

Note: If the g lobal interrup ts a re disa bled (G IE is

cleared ) and a ny inte rrupt so urce has both

it s interrupt enabl e bit and the corres pond-

ing interrupt flag bits set, the device will

immediately wake-up from Sleep.

PIC12F683

FIGURE 12-10: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT

12.8 Code Protection

If the code protection bit(s) have not been

programmed, the on-chip program memory can be

read out using ICSP™ for ver ification purposes.

12.9 ID Locations

Four memory locations (2000h-2003h) are designated

as ID locations where the user can store checksum or

other code identification numbers. These locations are

not accessible during normal execution, but are

readable and writable during Program/Verify mode.

Only the Least Significant 7 bits of the ID locations are

used.

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

OSC1

CLKOUT(4)

INT pin

INTF flag

(INTCON<1>)

GIE bit

(INTCON<7>)

Instruction Flow

Instruction

Fetched

Instruction

Executed

PC PC + 1 PC + 2

Inst(PC) = Sleep

Inst(PC – 1)

Inst(PC + 1)

Sleep

Processor in

Sleep

Interrupt Latency(3)

Inst(PC + 2)

Inst(PC + 1)

Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h)

Inst(0004h)

Dummy Cycle

PC + 2 0004h 0005h

Dummy Cycle

TOST(2)

PC + 2

Note 1: XT, HS or LP Oscillator mode assume d.

2: TOST = 1024 TOSC (drawing not to scale). This delay does not apply to EC and RCIO Oscillator modes.

3: GIE = 1 assumed. In this case after wake-up, the processor jumps to 0004h. If GIE = 0, execution w ill cont inue in-l ine.

4: CLKOUT is not available in XT, HS, LP or EC Oscillator modes, but shown here for timing reference.

Note: The entire data EEPROM and Flash pro-

gram memory will be erased when the

code protection is turned off. See the

“PIC12F6XX/16 F6XX Memor y

Programming Specification” (DS41204)

for more information.

PIC12F683

12.10 In-Circuit Serial Programming™

The PIC12F683 microcontrollers can be serially

progra mmed w hile in t he en d app licati on c ircuit. This i s

simply done with five connections for:

•clock

•data

• power

• ground

• programming voltage

This allows customers to manufacture boards with

unprogrammed devices and then program the micro-

controller just before shipping the product. This also

allows the most recent firmware or a custom firmware

to be programmed.

The device is placed into a Program/Verify mode by

holding the GP0 and GP1 pins low, while raising the

MCLR (VPP) pin from VIL to VIHH. See the

“PIC12F6XX/16F6XX Memory Programming

Specification” (DS41204) for more information. GP0

become s the programm ing dat a and G P1 becom es the

programming clock. Both GP0 and GP1 are Schmitt

Trigger inputs in Program/Verify mode.

A typical In-Circuit Serial Programming connection is

shown in Figure 12-11.

FIGURE 12-11: TYPICAL IN-CIRCUIT

SERIAL PROGRAMMING

CONNECTION

12.11 In-Circuit Debugger

Since in-circuit debugging requires access to three

pins, M PLAB® ICD 2 deve lo pment w ith a 1 4-pin devic e

is not practical. A special 14-pin PIC12F683 ICD device

is used with MPLAB ICD 2 to provide separate clock,

data and MCLR pins and frees all normally available

pins to the user.

A special debugging adapter allows the ICD device to

be used in place of a PIC12F683 device. The

debuggi ng adapter is the only source of th e ICD device.

When th e ICD pin on the PIC12F 683 ICD de vice is held

low, the In-Circuit Debugger functionality is enabled.

This function allows simple debugging functions when

used with MPL AB ICD 2. When the microc ontroller ha s

this feature enabled, some of the resources are not

available for general use. Table 12-9 shows which

features are consumed by the background debugger.

TABLE 12-9: DEBUGGER RESOURCES

For more information, see “MPLAB® ICD 2 In-Circuit

Debugger User’s Guide” (DS51331), available on

Micro c hip’s we b site (www.microchip .com) .

FIGURE 12-12: 14-PIN ICD PINOUT

External

Connector

Signals

To Normal

Connections

To Normal

Connections

PIC12F683

VDD

VSS

MCLR/VPP/GP3

GP1

GP0

+5V

VPP

CLK

Data I/O

* * *

* Isolation devices (as required)

Resource Description

Stack 1 level

Program Memory Address 0h must be NOP

700h-7FFh

14-Pin PDIP

PIC12F683-ICD

In-Circuit Debug Device

ICDMCLR

VDD

GP5

GP4

GP3

ICD

ICDCLK

ICDDATA

GND

GP0

GP1

GP2

PIC12F683

13.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY

The PIC 12F683 i nstructio n set i s highly orthogon al and

is comprised of three basic categories:

•Byte-oriented operations

•Bit-oriented operations

•Literal and cont rol operations

Each PIC16 instruction is a 14-bit word divided into an

opcode, which specifies the instruction type and one or

more operands, which further specify the operation of

the instruction. The formats for each of the categories

is presented in Figure 13-1, while the various opcode

fields are sum m ariz ed in Table 13-1.

Table 13-2 lists the instructions recognized by the

MPASMTM assembler.

For byte-oriented instructions, ‘f’ represents a file

designator. The file register designator specifies which

file register is to be used by the instruction.

The desti nation designator specifies where the result of

the operation is to be placed. If ‘d’ is zero, the result is

placed in the W regis ter . If ‘d’ is one, the res ult is place d

in the file register specified in the instruction.

For bit-oriented instructions, ‘b’ represents a bit field

designator, which selects the bit affected by the

operation, while ‘f’ represents the address of the file in

which the bit is located.

For literal and control operations, ‘k’ represents an

8-bit or 11-bit constant, or literal value.

One instr uction cycle co nsists of four os cillator periods ;

for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, this gives a

nominal instruction execution time of 1 μs. All

instructions are executed within a single instruction

cycle, unless a conditional test is true, or the program

counter is changed as a result of an instruction. When

this occurs, the execution takes two instruction cycles,

with the second cycle executed as a NOP.

All instruction examples use the format ‘0xhh’ to

represent a hexadecimal number, where ‘h’ signifies a

hexadecimal digit.

13.1 Read-Modify-Write Operations

Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of

the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (R-M-W)

operation. The register is read, the data is modified,

and the result is stored according to either the instruc-

tion, or the destination designator ‘d’. A read operation

is performed on a register even if the instruction writes

to that register.

For example, a CLRF PORTA instruction will read

PORTA, clear all the data bits , then write the result back

to PORTA. This example would have the unintended

consequence of clearing the condition that s et the RAIF

flag.

TABLE 13-1: OPCODE FIELD

DESCRIPTIONS

FIGURE 13-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR

INSTRUCTIONS

Field Description

fRegister file address (0x00 to 0x7F)

WWorking register (accumulator)

bBit address within an 8-bit file register

kLiteral field, constant data or label

xDon’t care location (= 0 or 1).

The assembler will generate code with x = 0.

It is the recommended form of use for

compatibility with all Microchip software tools.

dDestination select; d = 0: store result in W,

d = 1: store result in file register f.

Default is d = 1.

PC Program Counter

TO Time-out bit

CCarry bit

DC Digit carry bit

ZZero bit

PD Power-down bit

Byte-oriented file r e gister operations

13 8 7 6 0

d = 0 for destination W

OPCODE d f (FILE #)

d = 1 for destination f

f = 7-bit file register address

Bit-oriented file register operati ons

13 10 9 7 6 0

OPCODE b (BIT # ) f (FILE #)

b = 3-bit bit address

f = 7-bit file register address

Literal and control operations

13 8 7 0

OPCODE k (li te r a l )

k = 8-bit immediate value

13 11 10 0

OPCODE k (liter a l )

k = 11-bit immediate value

General

CALL and GOTO instructions only

PIC12F683

TABLE 13-2: PIC12F683 INSTRUCTION SET

Mnemonic,

Operands Description Cycles 14-Bit Opcode Status

Affected Notes

MSb LSb

BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS

ADDWF

ANDWF

CLRF

CLRW

COMF

DECF

DECFSZ

INCF

INCFSZ

IORWF

MOVF

MOVWF

NOP

RLF

RRF

SUBWF

SWAPF

XORWF

f, d

–

f, d

–

f, d

Add W and f

AND W with f

Clear f

Clear W

Complement f

Decrement f

Decrement f, Skip if 0

Increment f

Increment f, Skip if 0

Inclusive OR W with f

Move f

Move W to f

No Operation

Rotate Left f through Carry

Rotate Right f through Carry

Subtract W from f

Swap nibbles in f

Exclusive OR W with f

1(2)

0111

0101

0001

1001

0011

1011

1010

1111

0100

1000

0000

1101

1100

0010

1110

0110

dfff

lfff

0xxx

dfff

lfff

0xx0

dfff

ffff

xxxx

ffff

0000

ffff

C, DC, Z

1, 2

1, 2, 3

1, 2

1, 2, 3

1, 2

BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS

BCF

BSF

BTFSC

BTFSS

f, b

Bit Clear f

Bit Set f

Bit Test f, Skip if Clear

Bit Test f, Skip if Set

1 (2)

00bb

01bb

10bb

11bb

bfff

ffff

1, 2

LITERAL AND CONTROL OPERATIONS

ADDLW

ANDLW

CALL

CLRWDT

GOTO

IORLW

MOVLW

RETFIE

RETLW

RETURN

SLEEP

SUBLW

XORLW

–

Add literal and W

AND literal with W

Call Subroutine

Clear Watchdog Timer

Go to address

Inclusive OR literal with W

Move litera l to W

Return from interrupt

Return with literal in W

Return from Subroutine

Go into Standby mode

Subtract W from literal

Exclusive OR literal with W

111x

1001

0kkk

0000

1kkk

1000

00xx

0000

01xx

0000

110x

1010

kkkk

0110

kkkk

0000

kkkk

0000

0110

kkkk

0100

kkkk

1001

kkkk

1000

0011

kkkk

C, DC, Z

TO, PD

C, DC, Z

Note 1: When an I/O register is modified as a function of itself (e.g., MOVF GPIO, 1), the value used wil l be that value present

on the pins t hemselves. For example, if the data latch is ‘1’ for a pin configured as input and is driven low by an external

device, the data will be written back with a ‘0’.

2: If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and where applicable, d = 1) , the prescaler will be cleared if

assigned to the Timer0 module.

3: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second

cycle is executed as a NOP.

PIC12F683

13.2 Instruction Descriptions

ADDLW Add literal and W

Syntax: [ label ] ADDLW k

Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255

Operation: (W) + k → (W)

Status Affected: C, DC, Z

Description: The contents of the W register

are added to the eight-bit literal ‘k’

and the result is placed in the

W register.

ADDWF Add W and f

Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (W) + (f) → (destination)

Status Affected: C, DC, Z

Desc ription: Ad d the content s of the W register

with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the

result is stored in the W registe r . I f

‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back

in register ‘f’.

ANDLW AND literal with W

Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW k

Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255

Operation: (W) .AND. (k) → (W)

Status Affected: Z

Description: The contents of W register are

AND’ed with the eight-bit literal

‘k’. The result is placed in the W

ANDWF AND W with f

Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (W) .AND. (f) → (destination)

Status Affected: Z

Description: AND the W register with register

‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the resu lt is stored in

the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the

result is sto r ed bac k in regi ste r ‘f’.

BCF Bit Clear f

Syntax: [ label ] BCF f,b

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

0 ≤ b ≤ 7

Operation: 0 → (f<b>)

St at us Af fe cte d: None

Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is cleared.

BSF Bit Set f

Syntax: [ label ] BSF f,b

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

0 ≤ b ≤ 7

Operation: 1 → (f<b>)

St at us Af fe cte d: None

Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is set.

BTFSC Bit Test f, Skip if Clear

Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

0 ≤ b ≤ 7

Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0

St at us Af fe cte d: None

Descr iption: If bit ‘b’ in regis ter ‘f’ is ‘1’, the next

instruction is executed.

If bit ‘b’, in register ‘f’, is ‘0’, the

next instru ction is discarde d, and

a NOP is executed instead, making

this a 2-cycle instruction.

PIC12F683

BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set

Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

0 ≤ b < 7

Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1

Status Affected: None

Desc ription: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ i s ‘0’, the next

instructi on is exec uted .

If bit ‘b’ is ‘1’, then the next

instructi on is dis ca rded an d a NOP

is exec ute d i nst ead, making thi s a

2-cycle instruction.

CALL Call Subroutine

Syntax: [ label ] CALL k

Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047

Operation: (PC)+ 1→ TOS,

k → PC<10:0>,

(PCLATH<4:3>) → PC<12:11>

Status Affected: None

Description: Call Subroutine. First, return

address (PC + 1) is pushed onto

the stack. The eleven-bit

immediate address is loaded into

PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of

the PC are loa ded from PC LATH.

CALL is a two-cycle instruction.

CLRF Clear f

Syntax: [ label ] CLRF f

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

Operation: 00h → (f)

1 → Z

Status Affected: Z

Desc ript ion : The content s of regi ste r ‘f’ are

cleared and the Z bit is set.

CLRW Clear W

Syntax: [ label ] CLRW

Operands: None

Operation: 00h → (W)

1 → Z

Status Affected: Z

Description: W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z)

is set.

CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer

Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT

Operands: None

Operation: 00h → WDT

0 → WDT prescaler,

1 → TO

1 → PD

St at us Af fe cte d: TO, PD

Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the

W atchdog T imer . It also resets the

prescaler of the WDT.

Status bits TO and PD are set.

COMF Complement f

Syntax: [ label ] COMF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (f) → (destination)

St at us Af fe cte d: Z

Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are

complemented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the

result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’,

the result is stored back in

DECF Decrement f

Syntax: [ label ] DECF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination)

St at us Af fe cte d: Z

Description: Decrement register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’,

the result is stored in the W

stored back in register ‘f’.

PIC12F683

DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0

Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination);

skip if result = 0

Status Affected: None

Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are

decrem ented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, th e result

is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is

‘1’, the result is placed back in

If the result is ‘1’, the next

instruction is executed. If the

resu lt is ‘0’, then a NOP is

executed instead, making it a

2-cycle instruction.

GOTO Unconditional Branch

Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k

Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047

Operation: k → PC<10:0>

PCLATH<4:3> → PC<12:11>

Status Affected: None

Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch.

The e le ven -bi t im me dia t e v al ue i s

loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The

upper bits of PC are loaded from

PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO is a

two-cycle instruction.

INCF Increment f

Syntax: [ label ] INCF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination)

Status Affected: Z

Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are

incremen ted. If ‘ d’ is ‘0’, the result

is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is

‘1’, the result is placed back in

INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0

Syntax: [ label ] INCFSZ f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination),

skip if result = 0

St at us Af fe cte d: None

Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are

incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result

is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is

‘1’, the result is placed back in

If the result is ‘1’, the next

instruction is executed. If the

result is ‘0’, a NOP is executed

instead, making it a 2-cycle

instruction.

IORLW Inclusive OR literal with W

Syntax: [ label ] IORLW k

Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255

Operation: (W) .OR. k → (W)

St at us Af fe cte d: Z

Descr iption: The con tents of t he W register a re

OR’ed with the eight-bit literal ‘k’.

The result is placed in the

W registe r.

IORWF Inclusive OR W with f

Syntax: [ label ] IORWF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (W) .OR. (f) → (destin ation)

St at us Af fe cte d: Z

Description: Inclusive OR the W register with

placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is

‘1’, the result is pla ce d back in

PIC12F683

MOVF Move f

Syntax: [ label ] MOVF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (f) → (dest)

Status Affected: Z

Description: The contents of register f is

moved to a destination dependent

upon the status of d. If d = 0,

destination is W register. If d = 1,

the destination is file register f

itsel f. d = 1 is useful to test a file

affected.

Words: 1

Cycles: 1

Example: MOVF FSR, 0

After Instruction

W= value in FSR

Z= 1

MOVLW Move literal to W

Syntax: [ label ] MOVLW k

Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255

Operation: k → (W)

Status Affected: None

Desc ription: The eight-bit l iteral ‘k’ i s loaded i nto

W register. The “don’t cares” will

assemble a s ‘0’s.

Words: 1

Cycles: 1

Example: MOVLW 0x5A

After Instruction

W= 0x5A

MOVWF Move W to f

Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF f

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

Operation: (W) → (f)

St at us Af fe cte d: None

Description: Move data from W register to

Words: 1

Cycles: 1

Example: MOVW

OPTION

Before Instruction

OPTION= 0xFF

W = 0x4F

After Instruction

OPTION= 0x4F

W = 0x4F

NOP No Operation

Syntax: [ label ] NOP

Operands: None

Operation: No operation

St at us Af fe cte d: None

Description: No operation.

Words: 1

Cycles: 1

Example: NOP

PIC12F683

RETFIE Return from Interrupt

Syntax: [ label ] RETFIE

Operands: None

Operation: TOS → PC,

1 → GIE

Status Affected: None

Description: Return from Interrupt. Stack is

POPed an d Top-of-S tack (T OS) is

loaded in the PC. Interrupts are

enabled by setting Global

Interrupt Enable bit, GIE

(INTCON<7>). This is a two-cycle

instruction.

Words: 1

Cycles: 2

Example: RETFIE

After Interrupt

PC = TOS

GIE = 1

RETLW Return with literal in W

Syntax: [ label ] RETLW k

Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255

Operation: k → (W);

TOS → PC

St at us Af fe cte d: None

Description: The W register is loaded with the

eight bit literal ‘k’. The program

counter is loaded from the top of

the stack (the return address).

This is a two-cycle instruction.

Words: 1

Cycles: 2

Example:

TABLE

CALL TABLE;W contains

table

;offset value

• ;W now has table value

•

ADDWF PC ;W = offset

RETLW k1 ;Begin table

RETLW k2 ;

•

RETLW kn ; End of table

Before Instruction

W = 0x07

After Instruction

W = value of k8

RETURN Return from Subroutine

Syntax: [ label ] RETURN

Operands: None

Operation: TOS → PC

St at us Af fe cte d: None

Description: Return from subroutine. The stack

is POPed an d the top of th e s tack

(TOS) is loaded into the program

counter. This is a two-cycle

instruction.

PIC12F683

RLF Rotate Left f through Carry

Syntax: [ label ] RLF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: See description below

Status Affected: C

Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are

rotated one bit to the left through

the Carry flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the

result is placed in the W register.

If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored

back in register ‘f’.

Words: 1

Cycles: 1

Example: RLF REG1,0

Before Instruction

REG1 = 1110 0110

C=0

After Instruction

REG1 = 1110 0110

W = 1100 1100

C=1

RRF Rotate Right f through Carry

Syntax: [ label ] RRF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: See description below

Status Affected: C

Desc ript ion : The content s of regis te r ‘f’ are

rotat ed one bit to the r ight throug h

the Carry flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the

result is placed in the W register.

If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is place d

back in reg ister ‘f’.

SLEEP Enter Sleep mode

Syntax: [ label ] SLEEP

Operands: None

Operation: 00h → WDT,

0 → WDT prescaler,

1 → TO,

0 → PD

St at us Af fe cte d: TO , PD

Descripti on: The power-down S tatus bit, PD is

cleared. Time-out Status bit, TO

is set. Watchdog Timer and its

prescaler are cleared.

The processor is put into Sleep

mode with th e oscillator sto pped.

SUBLW Subtract W from literal

Syntax: [ label ] SUBLW k

Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255

Operation: k - (W) → (W)

Status Affected: C, DC, Z

Description: The W register is subtracted (2’s

complement method) from the

eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is

placed in the W register.

C = 0W > k

C = 1W ≤ k

DC = 0W<3:0> > k<3:0>

DC = 1W<3:0> ≤ k<3:0>

PIC12F683

SUBWF Subtract W from f

Syntax: [ label ] SUBWF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (f) - (W) → (destination)

Status Affected: C, DC, Z

Description: Subtract (2’s complement method)

W register from register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is

‘0’, the result is stored in the W

stored back in register ‘f.

SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f

Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (f<3:0>) → (destination<7:4>),

(f<7:4>) → (destination<3:0>)

Status Affected: None

Description: The upper and lower nibbles of

‘0’, the result is placed in the W

placed in register ‘f’.

C = 0W > f

C = 1W ≤ f

DC = 0W<3:0> > f<3:0>

DC = 1W<3:0> ≤ f<3:0>

XORLW Exclusive OR literal with W

Syntax: [ label ] XORLW k

Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255

Operation: (W) .XOR. k → (W)

St at us Af fe cte d: Z

Description: The contents of the W register

are XOR’ed with the eig ht-b it

literal ‘k’. The result is placed in

the W register.

XORWF Exclusive OR W with f

Syntax: [ label ] XORWF f,d

Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127

d ∈ [0,1]

Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) → (destination)

St at us Af fe cte d: Z

Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the

W register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is

‘0’, the result is stored in the W

stored back in register ‘f’.

PIC12F683

NOTES:

PIC12F683

14.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT

The PIC® microcontrollers are supported with a full

range of hardware and software development tools:

• Integrated Development Environment

- MPLAB® IDE Software

• Assemblers/Compilers/Linkers

- MPASMTM Assembler

- MPLAB C18 and MPLAB C30 C Compilers

-MPLINK

TM Object Linker/

MPLIBTM Object Librarian

- MPLAB ASM30 Assembler/Linker/Library

• Simulators

- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator

•Emulators

- MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator

- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator

• In-Circuit Debugger

- MPLAB ICD 2

• Device Progra mmers

- PICSTART® Plus Development Programmer

- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer

- PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer

• Low-Cost Demonstration and Development

Boards and Evaluation Kits

14.1 MPLAB Integrated Development

Environment Software

The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software

development previously unseen in the 8/16-bit micro-

controller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows®

operating system-based application that contains:

• A single graphical interface to all debugging tools

- Simulator

- Programmer (sold separately)

- Emulator (sold separatel y)

- In-Circuit Deb ugger (sold separately)

• A full-featured editor with color-coded context

• A multiple project manager

• Customizable data windows with direct edit of

contents

• High-level source code debugging

• Visual device initializer for easy register

initialization

• Mouse over variable inspection

• Drag and drop variables from source to watch

windows

• Exten si ve on-l in e help

• Integration of select third party tools, such as

HI-TECH Software C Compilers and IAR

C Compilers

The MPLAB IDE allows you to:

• Edit your source files (eithe r asse mbly or C)

• One touch assemble (or compile) and download

to PIC MCU emulator and simulator tools

(automatically updates all project information)

• Debug us ing :

- Source files (assemb ly or C)

- Mixed assembly and C

- Machine code

MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a

single development paradigm, from the cost-effective

simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to

full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning

curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility

and power.

PIC12F683

14.2 MPASM Assembler

The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal

macro assemb ler for all PIC MCUs.

The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object

files fo r the MPLINK Ob ject Linker , Int el® standa rd HEX

files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol

reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines

and generated machine code and COFF files for

debugging.

The MPASM Assembler features include:

• Integration into MPLAB IDE projects

• User-defined macros to streamline

assembly code

• Conditional assembly for multi-purpose

sour ce fil es

• Directives that allow complete control over the

assembly process

14.3 MPLAB C18 and MPLAB C30

C Compilers

The MPLAB C18 and MPLAB C30 Code Development

Systems are complete ANSI C compilers for

Microchip’s PIC18 and PIC24 families of microcontrol-

lers an d th e d sPIC 3 0 a nd ds PIC33 family of d igi t al si g-

nal controllers. These compilers provide powerful

integration capabilities, superior code optimization and

ease of use not found with other compilers.

For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide

symbol info rmation tha t is optimized to the MPLAB IDE

debugger.

14.4 MPLINK Object Linker/

MPLIB Object Librari an

The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable

objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the

MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects

from precompiled libraries, using directives from a

linker script.

The MPLIB O bject Li brarian manag es the cre ation an d

modification of library files of precompiled code. When

a routine from a library is called from a source file , only

the modules that contain that routine will be linked in

with the application. This allows large libraries to be

used efficiently in many different applications.

The object linker/library features include:

• Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many

smaller files

• Enhanced code maintainability by grouping

related modules together

• Flexible creation of libraries with easy module

listing, replacement, de letion and extraction

14.5 MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker

and Librarian

MPLAB ASM30 Assembler produces relocatable

machine code from symbolic assembly language for

dsPIC30F devices. MPLAB C30 C Compiler uses the

assembler to produce its object file. The assembler

generates relocatable object files that can then be

archived or linke d with other relocatable ob ject files and

arch ives to c rea te an e xecu tabl e fil e. N otabl e fe atu res

of the assembler include:

• Support for the entire dsPIC30F instruction set

• Support for fixed-point and floating-point data

• Command line interface

• Rich dire cti ve set

• Flexible macro language

• MPLAB IDE compatibility

14.6 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator

The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code

development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat-

ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs on an instruction

level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be

examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from

a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be

logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace

buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of

the simulator to record and track program execution,

actions on I/O, most periph erals and inte rnal regi sters.

The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports

symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C18 and

MPLAB C30 C Compilers, and the MPASM and

MPLAB ASM30 Assemblers. The software simulator

offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside

of the hardware laboratory environment, making it an

excellent, economical software development tool.

PIC12F683

14.7 MPLAB ICE 2000

High-Performance

In-Circui t Emu lator

The MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator is intended

to provide the product development engineer with a

complete microcontroller design tool set for PIC

microcontrollers. Software control of the MPLAB ICE

2000 In-Circuit Emulator is advanced by the MPLAB

Integrated Development Environment, which allows

editing, building, downloading and source debugging

from a single environment.

The MPLAB ICE 2000 is a full-featured emulator

system with enhanced trace, trigger and data monitor-

ing feat ures. Interc hangeabl e proces sor modul es allow

the system to be easily reconfigured for emulation of

different processors. The architecture of the MPLAB

ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator allows expansion to

support new PIC microcontrollers.

The MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator system has

been designed as a real-time emulation system with

advanced features that are typically found on more

expensive development tools. The PC platform and

Microsoft® Windows® 32-bit operating system were

chosen to best make these features available in a

simple, unified application.

14.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit

Emulator System

MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is

Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for

Microchip Flash D SC® and MCU devic es. It debugs and

programs PIC® and dsPIC® Flash microcontrollers with

the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of the

MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE),

included with each kit.

The MPLAB REAL ICE pro be is connected to the design

engineer’s PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and

is connected to the target with either a connector

compatible with the popular MPLAB ICD 2 system

(RJ11) or with the new high speed, noise tolerant, low-

voltage differential signal (LVDS) interconnection

(CAT5).

MPLAB REAL ICE is field upgradeable through future

firmware downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming

releases of MPLAB ID E, new devic es w ill be supported,

and new features will be add ed, such as software break-

points and assembly code trace. MPLAB REAL ICE

offers significant advantages over competitive emulators

including low-cost, full-speed emulation, real-time

variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a

ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters)

interconnection cables .

14.9 MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger

Microchip’s In-Circuit Debugger, MPLAB ICD 2, is a

powerful, low-cost, run-time development tool,

connecting to the host PC via an RS-232 or high-speed

USB interface. This tool is based on the Flash PIC

MCUs and can be used to develop for these and other

PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs. The MPLAB ICD 2 utilizes

the in-circuit debugging capability built into the Flash

devices. This feature, along with Microchip’s In-Circuit

Serial ProgrammingTM (ICSPTM) protocol, offers cost-

effective, in-circuit Flash debugging from the graphical

user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development

Environment. This enables a designer to develop and

debug sou rce code by s etting bre akpoi nts , singl e step-

ping and watching variables, and CPU status and

peripheral registers. Running at full speed enables

testing hardware and applications in real time. MPLAB

ICD 2 also serves as a development programmer for

selected PIC devices.

14.10 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer

The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,

CE compliant device programmer with programmable

voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for

maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display

(128 x 64 ) for men us an d error m essages and a m odu-

lar, detachable socket assembly to support various

pack age types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is incl uded

as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB

PM3 Devic e Programmer ca n read, verif y and program

PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set

code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3

connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.

The MPLAB PM3 h as high-spe ed co mmunicat ions and

optimized algorithms for quick programming of large

memory devices and in corporates an SD/MMC card for

file storage and secure data applications.

PIC12F683

14.11 PICSTART Plus Development

Programmer

The PICSTART Plus Development Programmer is an

easy-to-use, low-cost, prototype programmer. It

connects to the PC via a COM (RS-232) port. MPLAB

Inte grated Dev elopmen t En vironme nt so ftware makes

using the programmer simple and efficient. The

PICSTART Plus Development Programmer supports

most PIC devices in DIP packages up to 40 pins.

Larger pin count devices, such as the PIC16C92X and

PIC17C76 X, may be sup ported with an a dapter socket.

The PICSTART Plus Development Programmer is CE

compliant.

14.12 PICkit 2 Development Programmer

The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer is a low-cost

programmer and selected Flash device debugger with

an easy-to-use interface for programming many of

Microchip’s baseline, mid-range and PIC18F families of

Flash m emory microcontrol lers. The PICkit 2 S tarter Kit

includes a prototyping development board, twelve

sequential lessons, software and HI-TECH’s PICC™

Lite C compiler , and is desig ned to hel p get up to s peed

quickly using PIC® microcontrollers. The kit provides

everything needed to program, evaluate and develop

applications using Microchip’s powerful, mid-range

Flash memory family of microcontrollers.

14.13 Demonstration, Development and

Evaluation Boards

A wide variety of demonstration, development and

evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC

DSCs allows quick application development on fully func-

tional systems. Most boards includ e prototyping areas for

adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware

and source code for examination and modification.

The board s suppo rt a variety of features, including LEDs,

temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232

interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional

EEPROM memory .

The demonstration and development boards can be

used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom

circuits and for learning about various microcontroller

applications.

In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demon-

stration/development board series of circuits, Microchip

has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software

for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security ICs, CAN,

IrDA®, PowerSmart® battery management, SEEVAL®

evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate

sensing, plus many more.

Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)

and the latest “Product Selector Guide” (DS00148) for

the complete list of demonstration, development and

evaluation kits.

PIC12F683

15.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Absolute Maximum Ratings(†)

Ambient temperature under bias..........................................................................................................-40° to +125°C

Storage temperature........................................................................................................................ -65°C to +150°C

Vo lt a ge on VDD with respect to VSS ................................................................................................... -0.3V to +6.5V

Vo lt a ge on MCLR with respect to Vss ............................................................................................... -0.3V to +13.5V

Voltage on all other pins with respect to VSS ........................................................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)

Total power dissipation(1) ...............................................................................................................................800 mW

Maximum curr ent o ut of VSS pin ...................................................................................................................... 95 mA

Maximum curr ent i nto VDD pin......................................................................................................................... 95 mA

Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD)...............................................................................................................± 20 mA

Output clamp current, IOK (Vo < 0 or Vo >VDD).........................................................................................................± 20 mA

Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin....................................................................................................25 mA

Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin..............................................................................................25 mA

Maximum current sunk by GPIO...................................................................................................................... 90 mA

Maximum current sourced GPIO...................................................................................................................... 90 mA

Note 1: Power d issip ati on is calc ulated as fo llows: PDIS = VDD x {IDD – ∑ IOH} + ∑ {(VDD – VOH) x IOH} + ∑(VOl x IOL).

† NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the

device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those

indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure above maximum rating conditions for

extended periods may affect device reliability.

PIC12F683

FIGURE 15-1: PIC12F683 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH,

-40°C

≤

+125°C

FIGURE 15-2: HFINTOSC FREQUENCY ACCURACY OVER DEVICE VDD AND TEMPERATURE

5.5

2.0

3.5

2.5

3.0

4.0

4.5

5.0

Frequency (MHz)

VDD (V)

Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.

82010

125

2.0

VDD (V)

4.0 5.04.5

Temperature (°C)

2.5 3.0 3.5 5.5

± 1%

± 2%

± 5%

PIC12F683

15.1 DC Characteristi cs: PIC12F683-I (Industrial)

PIC12F683-E (Extended)

DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Opera ting Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial

-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

D001

D001C

D001D

VDD Supply Voltage 2.0

2.0

3.0

4.5

—

5.5

FOSC < = 8 MHz: HFINTOSC, EC

FOSC < = 4 MHz

FOSC < = 10 MHz

FOSC < = 20 MHz

D002* VDR RAM Data Retention

Voltage(1) 1.5 — — V Device in Sleep mode

D003 VPOR VDD Start Voltage to

ensure internal Power-on

Reset signal

—VSS —VSee Section 12.3.1 “Pow er-o n Reset”

for details.

D004* SVDD VDD Rise Rate to ensure

internal Power-on Reset

signal

0.05 — — V/ms See Section 12.3.1 “Power-on Reset”

for details.

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data i n “Typ” colum n i s at 5.0V, 25°C unless othe rw ise s tated. Thes e parameters are for design gu ida nce

only and are not tested.

Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in Sleep mode without losing RAM data.

PIC12F683

15.2 DC Characteristi cs: PIC12F683-I (Industrial)

PIC12F683-E (Extended)

DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial

-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended

Param

No. Device Char ac teri st ics Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

VDD Note

D010 Supply Current (IDD)(1, 2) —1116μA2.0FOSC = 32 kHz

LP Oscillator mode

—1828μA3.0

—3554μA5.0

D011* — 140 240 μA2.0F

OSC = 1 MHz

XT Oscillator mode

— 220 380 μA3.0

— 380 550 μA5.0

D012 — 260 360 μA2.0F

OSC = 4 MHz

XT Oscillator mode

— 420 650 μA3.0

—0.81.1mA5.0

D013* — 130 220 μA2.0F

OSC = 1 MHz

EC Osci llator mode

— 215 360 μA3.0

— 360 520 μA5.0

D014 — 220 340 μA2.0F

OSC = 4 MHz

EC Osci llator mode

— 375 550 μA3.0

— 0.65 1.0 mA 5.0

D015 — 8 20 μA2.0F

OSC = 31 kHz

LFINTOSC mode

—1640μA3.0

—3165μA5.0

D016* — 340 450 μA2.0F

OSC = 4 MHz

HFINTOSC mode

— 500 700 μA3.0

—0.81.2mA5.0

D017 — 410 650 μA2.0F

OSC = 8 MHz

HFINTOSC mode

— 700 950 μA3.0

— 1.30 1.65 mA 5.0

D018 — 230 400 μA2.0F

OSC = 4 MHz

EXTRC mode(3)

— 400 680 μA3.0

— 0.63 1.1 mA 5.0

D019 — 2.6 3.25 mA 4.5 FOSC = 20 MHz

HS Osci llator mode

— 2.8 3.35 mA 5.0

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” c olu mn is at 5. 0V, 25°C unl es s o the rw ise stated. Th ese p arameters are for design gui da nce

only and are not tested.

Note 1: The test con ditions for al l IDD me asurem ent s in acti ve op eration mod e are: OSC1 = e xternal s quare wav e,

from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled.

2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O

pin loadin g and swi tchin g rate, oscilla tor type, int erna l code exe cutio n patte rn and temp erature, al so have

an impact on the current consumption.

3: For RC oscillat or config urations, cu rrent th rough REXT i s not in cluded. The curren t through the resi stor can

be extended by the formula IR = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in kΩ.

PIC12F683

15.3 DC Characteristi cs: PIC12F683-I (Industrial)

DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial

Param

No. Device Characteristics Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

VDD Note

D020 Power-down Base

Current(IPD)(2) — 0.05 1.2 μA 2.0 WDT, BOR, Comparators, VREF and

T1OSC dis ab led

— 0.15 1.5 μA3.0

— 0.35 1.8 μA5.0

— 150 500 nA 3.0 -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +25°C

D021 — 1.0 2.2 μA 2.0 WDT Current(1)

—2.04.0μA3.0

—3.07.0μA5.0

D022 — 42 60 μA 3.0 BOR Current(1)

— 85 122 μA5.0

D023 — 32 45 μA 2 .0 Comparator Current(1), both

comparators enabled

—6078μA3.0

— 120 160 μA5.0

D024 — 30 36 μA2.0CV

REF Current(1) (high range)

—4555μA3.0

—7595μA5.0

D025* — 39 47 μA2.0CV

REF Current(1) (low range)

—5972μA3.0

— 98 124 μA5.0

D026 — 4.5 7.0 μA 2.0 T1OSC Current(1), 32.768 kHz

—5.08.0μA3.0

—6.012μA5.0

D027 — 0.30 1.6 μA 3.0 A/D Current(1), no conversion in

progress

— 0.36 1.9 μA5.0

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” c olu mn is at 5. 0V, 25°C unl es s o the rw ise stated. Th ese p arameters are for design gui da nce

only and are not tested.

Note 1: The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this

peripheral is enabled. The peripheral Δ current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD

current from this limit. Max values should be used when calculating total current consumption.

2: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is

measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VDD.

PIC12F683

15.4 DC Characteristics: PIC12F683-E (Extended)

DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended

Param

No. Device Characteristics Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

VDD Note

D020E Power-down Base

Current (IPD)(2) —0.05 9 μA 2.0 WDT, BOR, Comparators, VREF an d

T1OSC disabled

—0.1511 μA3.0

—0.3515 μA5.0

D021E — 1 17.5 μA 2.0 WDT Current(1)

—219μA3.0

—322μA5.0

D022E — 42 65 μA 3.0 BOR Current(1)

—85127μA5.0

D023E — 32 45 μA 2.0 Compara tor Curren t(1), both

comparators enabled

—6078μA3.0

—120160μA5.0

D024E — 30 70 μA2.0CV

REF Current(1) (high range)

—4590μA3.0

—75120μA5.0

D025E* — 39 91 μA2.0CV

REF Current(1) (low range)

—59117μA3.0

—98156μA5.0

D026E — 4.5 25 μA 2.0 T1OSC Current(1), 32.768 kHz

—530μA3.0

—640μA5.0

D027E — 0.30 12 μA 3.0 A/D Current(1), no conversion in

progress

—0.3616 μA5.0

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” colum n is at 5 .0V, 25°C u nle ss otherwise st ated. These parame ters are for d esi gn gui dan ce

only and are not tested.

Note 1: The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this

peripheral is enabled. The peripheral Δ current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD

current from this limit. Max values should be used when calculating total current consumption.

2: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is

measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VDD.

PIC12F683

15.5 DC Characteristi cs: PIC12F683-I (Industrial)

PIC12F683-E (Extended)

DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial

-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

VIL Input Low Voltage

I/O Port:

D030 with TTL buffer Vss — 0.8 V 4.5V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V

D030A Vss — 0. 15 VDD V2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 4.5V

D031 with Schmitt Trigger buf fer Vss — 0.2 VDD V2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V

D032 MCLR, OSC1 (RC mode)(1) VSS —0.2 VDD V

D033 OSC1 (XT and LP modes) V SS —0.3V

D033A OSC1 (HS mode) VSS —0.3 VDD V

VIH Input High Voltage

I/O ports: —

D040 with TTL buffer 2.0 — VDD V4.5V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V

D040A 0.25 VDD + 0.8 — VDD V2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 4.5V

D041 with Schmitt Tr igger buffer 0.8 VDD —VDD V2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V

D042 MCLR 0.8 VDD —VDD V

D043 OSC1 (XT and LP modes) 1.6 — VDD V

D043A OSC1 (HS mode) 0.7 VDD —VDD V

D043B O SC1 (RC mode) 0.9 VDD —VDD V(Note 1)

IIL Input Leakage Current(2)

D060 I/O ports — ± 0.1 ± 1μAVSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD,

Pin at high-impedance

D061 MCLR(3) —± 0.1 ± 5μAVSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD

D063 OSC1 — ± 0.1 ± 5μAVSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, XT, HS and

LP oscillator configuration

D070* IPUR GPIO Weak Pull-up Current 50 250 4 00 μAVDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS

VOL Output Low Voltage(5)

D080 I/O ports — — 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V (Ind.)

VOH Output High Voltage(5)

D090 I/O ports V DD – 0.7 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V (Ind.)

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are

no t te sted.

Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the O SC1/ CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended to use an external

clock in RC mode.

2: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.

3: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent

normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.

4: See Section 10.4.1 “Using the Data EEPROM” for additional information.

5: Including OSC2 in CLKOUT mode.

PIC12F683

D100 IULP Ultra Low-Power Wake-Up

Current — 200 — nA S ee Application Note AN879,

“Using the Microchip Ultra

Low-Power Wake-up Module”

(DS00879)

Capacitive Loading Specs on

Output Pins

D101* COSC2 OSC2 pin — — 15 pF In XT, HS and LP modes when

external clock is used to drive

OSC1

D101A* CIO All I/O pins — — 50 pF

Data EEPROM Memory

D120 EDByte Endurance 100K 1M — E/W -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C

D120A EDByte Endurance 10K 100K — E/W +85°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

D121 VDRW VDD for Read/Write VMIN — 5.5 V Using EECON1 to read/write

VMIN = Minimum operating

voltage

D122 TDEW Erase/Write Cycle Time — 5 6 ms

D123 TRETD Characteristic Retention 40 — — Year Prov id e d no ot h er sp ec i fi c at io n s

are violated

D124 TREF Number of Total Erase/Write

Cycles before Refresh(4) 1M 10M — E/W -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C

Program Flash Memory

D130 EPCell Endurance 10K 100K — E/W -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C

D130A EDCell Endurance 1K 10K — E/W +85°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

D131 VPR VDD for Read VMIN —5.5VVMIN = Minimum operating

voltage

D132 VPEW VDD for Erase/Write 4.5 — 5.5 V

D133 TPEW Erase/Write cycle time — 2 2.5 ms

D134 TRETD Characteristic Retention 40 — — Year Prov id e d no ot h er sp ec i fi c at io n s

are violated

15.5 DC Characteristi cs: PIC12F683-I (Industrial)

PIC12F683-E (Extended) (Continued)

DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial

-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are

no t te sted.

Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/ CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended to use an external

clock in RC mode.

2: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.

3: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent

normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.

4: See Section 10.4.1 “Using the Data EEPROM” for additional information.

5: Including OSC2 in CLKOUT mode.

PIC12F683

15.6 Thermal Considerations

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Ope rati ng temperature - 40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Typ Units Conditions

TH01 θJA Thermal Resistance

Junction to Ambient 84.6 °C/W 8-pin PDIP package

163.0 °C/W 8-pin SOIC package

52.4 °C/W 8-pin DFN-S 4x4x0.9 mm package

46.3 °C/W 8-pin DFN-S 6x5 mm package

TH02 θJC Thermal Resistance

Junction to Case 41.2 °C/W 8-pin PDIP package

38.8 °C/W 8-pin SOIC package

3.0 °C/W 8-pin DFN-S 4x4x0.9 mm package

2.6 °C/W 8-pin DFN-S 6 x 5 mm package

TH03 TJJunction Temperature 150 °C For derated power calculations

TH04 PD Power Dissipation — W PD = PINTERNAL + PI/O

TH05 PINTERNAL Internal Power Dissipation — W PINTERNAL = IDD x VDD

(NOTE 1)

TH06 PI/OI/O Power Dissipation — W PI/O = Σ (IOL * V OL) + Σ (IOH * (VDD - V OH))

TH07 PDER Derated Power — W PDER = (TJ - TA)/θJA

(NOTE 2, 3)

Note 1: IDD is current to run the chip alone without driving any load on the output pins.

2: TA = Ambient Temperature.

3: Maximum allowable power dissipation is the lower value of either the absolute maximum total power

dissipation or derated power (PDER).

PIC12F683

15.7 Timing Parameter Symbology

The timing parameter symbols have been created with

one of the following formats:

FIGURE 15-3: LOAD CONDITIONS

1. TppS2ppS

2. TppS

TF Frequency T Time

Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings:

cc CCP1 osc OSC1

ck CLKOUT rd RD

cs CS rw RD or WR

di SDI sc SCK

do SDO ss SS

dt Data in t0 T0CKI

io I/O PORT t1 T1CKI

mc MCLR wr WR

Uppe rcase letters and th eir meanings:

SFFall PPeriod

HHigh RRise

I Invalid (High-impedance) V Valid

L Low Z High-impedance

Legend: CL= 50 pF for all pins

15 pF for OSC2 output

Load Con dition

PIC12F683

15.8 AC Characteristics: PIC12F683 (Industrial, Extended)

FIGURE 15-4: CLOCK TIMING

TABLE 15-1: CLOCK OSCILLATOR TI MING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Condi tions (unless o th erwise stated)

Operat i ng t em peratur e -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

OS01 FOSC Externa l CLKIN Freq uency(1) DC — 37 kHz LP Oscillator m ode

DC — 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode

DC — 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode

DC — 20 MHz EC Oscillator mode

Oscillator Frequency(1) — 32. 768 — kHz LP Osc i llator m ode

0.1 — 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode

1 — 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode

DC — 4 MHz RC Oscillator mode

OS02 TOSC External CLKIN Period(1) 27 — • μs LP Oscillator m ode

250 — • n s XT Oscillator mode

50 — • ns HS Osc illat or mo de

50 — • ns EC Oscillator mo de

Oscillator Period(1) —30.5— μs LP Oscillator m ode

250 — 10,000 ns XT Oscillator m ode

50 — 1,000 ns HS Osc ill at or mo de

250 — — ns RC Oscillator mode

OS03 TCY Inst ruction C ycle Time(1) 200 TCY DC ns TCY = 4/FOSC

OS04* TosH,

TosL External CLKIN High,

External CLKIN Low 2——μs LP oscillator

100 — — ns XT oscillator

20 — — ns HS oscillator

OS05* TosR,

TosF External CLKIN Rise,

External CLKIN Fall 0 — • ns LP oscillator

0 — • ns XT oscillator

0 — • ns HS oscillator

* Thes e para m et er s ar e characterized but not tested.

† Data in “T yp” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and

are no t tested.

Note 1: I nstru ct io n cycle pe ri od (TCY) equ als fo ur tim es the input oscillator t ime base period. All specified values are

based on chara ct er iz at ion data for that particul ar oscilla to r type un d er standard ope rating con di tio ns w i t h th e

device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or

highe r than expect ed current consumpt i on. Al l devi ces are test ed to operate at “min” va lu es with an ext er nal

clock applied to OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for

all devi ces.

OSC1/CLKIN

OSC2/CLKOUT

Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1

OS02

OS03OS04 OS04

OSC2/CLKOUT

(LP,XT,HS Mod es)

(CLKOUT Mode)

PIC12F683

TABLE 15-2: OSCILLATOR PARAMETERS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Freq.

Tolerance Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

OS06 TWARM Internal Oscillator Switch

when running(3) ———2TOSC Slo w est clock

OS07 TSC Fail-Safe Sample Clock

Period(1) ——21—msLFINTOSC/64

OS08 HFOSC Internal Calibrated

HFINTOSC Frequency(2) ±1% 7.92 8.0 8.08 MHz VDD = 3.5V, 25°C

±2% 7.84 8.0 8.16 MHz 2.5V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V,

0°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C

±5% 7.60 8.0 8.40 MHz 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V,

-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (Ind.),

-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C (Ext.)

OS09* LFOSC Internal Uncalibra ted

LFINTOSC Frequency — 153145kHz

OS10* TIOSC

ST HFINTOSC Oscillator

W ake-up from Sleep

Start-up Time

— 5.5 12 24 μsVDD = 2.0V, -40°C to +85°C

—3.5714μsVDD = 3.0V, -40°C to +85°C

—3611μsV

DD = 5.0V, -40°C to +85°C

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” colum n i s at 5. 0V, 25°C unless oth er w i se s tated. These paramet ers are for de sign guida nc e onl y

and are not test ed.

Note 1: Ins t r uction cycl e period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are

based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the

device e xecuting co de. Exceedi ng these specified lim its ma y r esult in an unstab le oscillator operation and /o r

higher tha n expected current co nsumpti on . All devices are tes te d t o operate at “m in” v al ues with an ext ernal

clock applied to the OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock)

for all devi ces .

2: To ensure these oscillator frequency tolerances, VDD and VSS mu st be capacitivel y decoupl ed as close t o th e

device a s possible. 0. 1 μF and 0.01 μF valu es in paral le l are r ecommended.

3: By design .

PIC12F683

FIGURE 15-5: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING

Fosc

CLKOUT

I/O pi n

(Input)

I/O pin

(Output)

Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3

OS11

OS19

OS13

OS15

OS18, OS19

OS20

OS21

OS17 OS16

OS14

OS12

OS18

Old Value New Value

Write Fetch Read ExecuteCycle

TABLE 15-3: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING PARAMETERS

Standard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss otherw is e stated )

Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

OS11 TOSH2CKLFOSC↑ to CLKOUT↓ (1) — — 70 ns VDD = 5.0V

OS12 TOSH2CKHFOSC↑ to CLKOUT↑ (1) — — 72 ns VDD = 5.0V

OS13 TCKL2IOVCLKOUT↓ to Port out valid(1) — — 20 ns

OS14 TIOV2CKH Port input valid before CLKOUT↑(1) TOSC + 200 ns — — ns

OS15* TOSH2IOVFOSC↑ (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid — 50 70 ns VDD = 5.0V

OS16 TOSH2IOIFOSC↑ (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid

(I/O in hold time) 50 — — ns VDD = 5.0V

OS17 TIOV2OSH Port input valid to FOSC↑ (Q2 cycle)

(I/O in setup time) 20 — — ns

OS18 TIOR Port output rise time(2) —

—15

40 72

32 ns VDD = 2.0V

VDD = 5.0V

OS19 TIOF Port output fall time(2) —

—28

15 55

30 ns VDD = 2.0V

VDD = 5.0V

OS20* TINP INT pin input high or low time 25 — — ns

OS21* TGPP GPIO interrupt-on-change new input

level time TCY ——ns

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC.

2: Includes OSC2 in CLKOUT mode.

PIC12F683

FIGURE 15-6: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND

POWER-UP TIMER TIMING

FIGURE 15-7: BROW N-OUT RESET TIMING AND CHARACTERISTICS

VDD

MCLR

Internal

POR

PWRT

Time-out

OSC

Start-Up Time

Internal Reset(1)

Wat c hdog Timer

I/O pins

Note 1: Asserted low .

Reset(1)

VBOR

VDD

(Device in Brown-out Reset) (Device not in Brown-out Reset)

33*

* 64 ms delay only if PW RTE bit in the Configuration Word register is programmed to ‘0’.

Reset

(due to BOR)

VBOR + VHYST

PIC12F683

TABLE 15-4: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER

AND BROWN-OUT RESET PARAMETERS

Standard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss otherw is e stated )

Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

30 TMCLMCLR Pulse Width (low) 2

5—

——

—μs

μsVDD = 5V, -40°C to +85°C

VDD = 5V

31 TWDT Wa tchdog Timer Time-out

Period (No Prescaler) 10

10 16

16 29

31 ms

ms VDD = 5V, -40°C to +85°C

VDD = 5V

32 TOST Oscillation Start-up Timer

Period(1, 2) — 1024 — TOSC (NOTE 3)

33* TPWRT Power-up Timer Period 40 65 140 ms

34* TIOZ I/O High-impedance from

MCLR Low or Watchdog Timer

Reset

——2.0μs

35 VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage 2.0 — 2.2 V (NOTE 4)

36* VHYST Brown-out Reset Hysteresis — 50 — mV

37* TBOR Brown- out Reset Minimu m

Detection Period 100 — — μsVDD ≤ VBOR

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance

only and are not tested .

Note 1: Instruction cy cle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values

are based on charac teri za tion data for that part ic ular oscillator typ e unde r st andard operating con di tion s

with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator oper-

ation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values

with an e xt erna l c loc k app li ed t o th e O SC 1 pin . Wh en an externa l c loc k inp ut is us ed, the “max” cycl e ti me

limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.

2: By design.

3: Period of the slow er clock.

4: To ensure thes e voltag e toleranc es, VDD and VSS must b e capa citively deco upled as c lose to th e device as

possible. 0.1 μF and 0.01 μF values in parallel are recommended.

PIC12F683

FIGURE 15-8: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS

TABLE 15-5: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

40* TT0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns

With Prescaler 10 — — ns

41* TT0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns

With Prescaler 10 — — ns

42* TT0P T0CKI Period Greater of:

20 or TCY + 40

— — ns N = prescale value

(2, 4, ..., 256)

45* TT1H T1CKI High

Time Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns

Synchronous,

with Pr escaler 15 — — ns

Asynchronous 30 — — ns

46* TT1L T1CKI Low

Time Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns

Synchronous,

with Pr escaler 15 — — ns

Asynchronous 30 — — ns

47* TT1P T1CKI Input

Period Synchronous Greater of:

30 or TCY + 40

— — ns N = prescale value

(1, 2, 4, 8)

Asynchronous 60 — — ns

48 FT1 Timer1 Oscillator Input Frequency Range

(oscillator enabled by setting bit T1OSCEN) — 32.768 — kHz

49* TCKEZTMR1 Delay from External Clock Edge to Ti mer

Increment 2 TOSC —7 TOSC — Timers in Sync

mode

* Thes e parameters are characte rized but not tested.

† Data in “T yp” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not

tested.

T0CKI

T1CKI

40 41

45 46

47 49

TMR0 or

TMR1

PIC12F683

FIGURE 15-9: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS (ECCP)

TABLE 15-6: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (ECCP)

Standard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss otherw is e stated )

Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

CC01* TccL CCP1 Input Low Time No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns

With Prescaler 20 — — ns

CC02* TccH CCP1 Input High Time No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns

With Prescaler 20 — — ns

CC03* TccP CCP1 Input Per iod 3TCY + 40

N— — ns N = prescale

value (1, 4 or

16)

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance

only and are not tested .

Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions.

(Capture mode)

CC01 CC02

CC03

CCP1

PIC12F683

TABLE 15-7: COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS

TABLE 15-8: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE (CVREF) SPECIFICATIONS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operati ng Tem per ature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristics Min Typ† Max Units Comments

CM01 VOS Input Offset Voltage — ± 5.0 ± 10 mV (VDD - 1.5)/2

CM02 VCM Input Common Mode Voltage 0 — VDD – 1.5 V

CM03* CMRR Common Mode Rejection Ratio +55 — — dB

CM04* TRT Response Time Falling — 150 600 ns (NOTE 1)

Rising — 200 1000 ns

CM05* TMC2COV Comparator Mode Change to

Output Valid —— 10 μs

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance

only and are not tested.

Note 1: Respons e tim e is meas ured wi th one comp arator input at (VDD - 1.5)/2 - 100 mV to (VDD -1.5)/2+20mV.

S tandard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss othe rwis e stated)

Operati ng tem pera ture -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristics Min Typ† Max Units Comments

CV01* CLSB Step Size(2) —

—VDD/24

VDD/32 —

—V

VLow Range (VRR = 1)

High Range (VRR = 0)

CV02* CACC Absolute Accuracy —

——

—± 1/2

± 1/2 LSb

LSb Low Range (VRR = 1)

High Range (VRR = 0)

CV03* CRUnit Resistor Value (R) — 2k — Ω

CV04* CST Se ttli ng Time(1) ——10μs

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design

guidance only and are not tested.

Note 1: Settling time measured while VRR = 1 and VR<3:0> transitions from ‘0000’ to ‘1111’.

2: See Section 8.11 “Comparator Voltage Reference” for more information.

PIC12F683

TABLE 15-9: PIC12F683 A/D CONVERTER (ADC) CHARACTERISTICS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Ope rati ng temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

AD01 NRResolution — — 10 bits bit

AD02 EIL Integral Error — — ±1LSbVREF = 5.12V

AD03 EDL Differential Error — — ±1 LSb No missing codes to 10 bits

VREF = 5.12V

AD04 EOFF Offset Error — — ±1LSbVREF = 5.12V

AD07 EGN Gain Error — — ±1LSbVREF = 5.12V

AD06

AD06A VREF Reference Voltage(3) 2.2

2.7 ——

VDD VAbsolute mini mum to ensur e 1 LSb

accuracy

AD07 VAIN Full-Scale Range VSS —VREF V

AD08 ZAIN Recommended

Impedance of Analog

Voltage Source

—— 10kΩ

AD09* IREF VREF Input Current(3) 10 — 1000 μADuring VAIN acquisition.

Based on differential of VHOLD to VAIN.

—— 50μA During A/D conv ersion cyc le.

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance

only and are not tested .

Note 1: Total Absolute Error includes integral, differential, offset and gain errors.

2: The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing

codes.

3: ADC VREF is from external VREF or VDD pin, whichever is selected as reference input.

4: When ADC is off, it will not consume any current other than leakage current. The power-down current

specification includes any such leakage from the ADC module.

PIC12F683

TABLE 15-10: PIC12F683 A/D CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Ope rati ng temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C

Param

No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions

AD130* TAD A/D Clock Perio d 1.6 — 9.0 μsTOSC-based, VREF ≥ 3.0V

3.0 — 9.0 μsTOSC-based, VREF full range

A/D Internal RC

Oscillator Period 3.0 6.0 9.0 μsADCS<1:0> = 11 (ADRC mode)

At V DD = 2.5V

1.6 4.0 6.0 μsAt VDD = 5.0V

AD131 TCNV Conversion Time

(not includin g

Acquisiti on Time)(1)

—11—TAD Set GO/DONE bit t o new data in A/D

Result register.

AD132* TACQ Acquis iti on Time 11.5 — μs

AD133* TAMP Amplifier Settling Time — — 5 μs

AD134 TGO Q4 to A/D Clock Start —

—

TOSC/2

TOSC/2 + TCY

—

— If the A/D clock source is selected as

RC, a time of TCY is added before the

A/D clock st art s. This allo ws the SLEEP

instruction to be executed.

* These parameters are characterized but not tested.

† Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance

only and are not tested .

Note 1: ADRESH and ADRESL registers may be read on the following TCY cycle.

2: See Section 9.3 “A/D Acquisition Requirements” for minimum conditions.

PIC12F683

FIGURE 15-10: PIC12F683 A/D CONVERSION TIMING (NORMAL MODE)

FIGURE 15-11: PIC12F683 A/D CONVERSION TIMING (SLEEP MODE)

AD131

AD130

BSF ADCON0, GO

A/D CLK

A/D Data

ADRES

ADIF

Sample

OLD_DATA

Sampling Stopped

DONE

NEW_DATA

987 3210

Note 1: If the A/D c lock source is selected as R C, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the

SLEEP instruction to be executed.

1 TCY

AD134 (TOSC/2(1))

1 TCY

AD132

AD131

AD130

BSF ADCON0, GO

A/D CLK

A/D Data

ADRES

ADIF

Sample

OLD_DATA

Sampling Stopped

DONE

NEW_DATA

9 7 3210

Note 1: If the A/D clock sourc e is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the

SLEEP instruction to be executed.

AD134

1 TCY

(TOSC/2 + TCY(1))

1 TCY

PIC12F683

NOTES:

PIC12F683

16.0 DC AND AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS AND TABLES

The graphs and tables provided in this section are for design guidance and are not tested.

In some graphs or tables, the data presented are outside specified operating range (i.e., outside specified VDD

range). This is for information only and devices are ensured to operate properly only within the specified range.

“Typical” represents the mean of the distribution at 25°C. “Maximum” or “minimum” represents

(mean + 3σ) or (mean - 3σ) respectively , where σ is a standard deviation, over each temperature range.

FIGURE 16-1: TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (EC MODE)

Note: The graphs and tables provided following this note are a statistical summary based on a limited number of

samples and are provided for informational purposes only . The performance characteristics listed herein are

not tested or guaranteed. In some graphs or tables, the data presented may be outside the specified

operating range (e.g., outside specified power supply range) and therefore, outside the warranted range.

3.0V

4.0V

5.0V

5.5V

2.0V

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

1 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 6 MHz 8 MHz 10 MHz 12 MHz 14 MHz 16 MHz 18 MHz 20 MHz

FOSC

IDD (mA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst -c ase Tem p) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-2: MAX IMU M IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (EC MODE)

FIGURE 16-3: TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (HS MODE)

EC Mode

3.0V

4.0V

5.0V

2.0V

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

1 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 6 MHz 8 MHz 10 MHz 12 MHz 14 MHz 16 MHz 18 MHz 20 MHz

FOSC

IDD (mA)

5.5V

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst -c ase Tem p) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

Typical IDD vs. FOSC Over Vdd

HS Mode

3.0V

3.5V

4.0V

4.5V

5.0V

5.5V

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4 MHz 10 MHz 16 MHz 20 MHz

FOSC

IDD (mA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-4: MAX IMU M IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (HS MODE)

FIGURE 16-5: TYPICAL IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC (X T MODE)

Maximum IDD vs. FOSC Over Vdd

HS Mode

3.5V

4.0V

4.5V

5.0V

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

4 MHz 10 MHz 16 MHz 20 MHz

FOSC

IDD (mA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

3.0V

5.5V

XT Mode

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IDD (μA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

4 MHz

1 MHz

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-6: MAX IMU M IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC (XT MODE)

FIGURE 16-7: TYPICAL IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC (EXTRC MODE)

XT Mode

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IDD (μA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

4 MHz

1 MHz

EXTRC Mode

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IDD (μA)

1 MHz

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

4 MHz

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-8: MAX IMU M IDD vs. VDD (EXTRC MODE)

FIGURE 16-9: IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC (LFINTOSC MODE, 31 kHz)

EXTRC Mode

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IDD (μA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mea n (Worst-c ase Tem p) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

4 MHz

1 MHz

LFINTOSC Mode, 31KHZ

Typical

Maximum

VDD (V)

IDD (μA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-10 : IDD vs. VDD (LP MODE)

FIGURE 16-11: TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (HFINTOSC MODE)

LP Mode

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IDD (μA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mea n (Worst-c ase Tem p) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

32 kHz Maximum

32 kHz Typical

HFINTOSC

2.0V

3.0V

4.0V

5.0V

5.5V

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

1,600

125 kHz 250 kHz 500 kHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz

FOSC

IDD (μA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-12 : MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (HFINTOSC MODE)

FIGURE 16-13: TYPICAL IPD vs. VDD (SLEEP MODE, ALL PERIPHERALS DISABLED)

HFINTOSC

2.0V

3.0V

4.0V

5.0V

5.5V

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

1,600

1,800

2,000

125 kHz 250 kHz 500 kHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz

FOSC

IDD (μA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

Typical

(Sleep Mode all Peripherals Disabled)

0.0

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.25

0.30

0.35

0.40

0.45

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IPD (μA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst -case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-14 : MAXIMUM IPD vs. VDD (SLEEP MODE, ALL PERIPHERALS DISABLED)

FIGURE 16-15 : COMPARATOR IPD vs. VDD (BOTH COMPARATORS ENABLED)

Maximum

(Sleep Mode all Peripherals Disabled)

Max. 125°C

Max. 85°C

0.0

2.0

4.0

6.0

8.0

10.0

12.0

14.0

16.0

18.0

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IPD (μA)

Maximum: Mean + 3σ

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

100

120

140

160

180

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IPD (μA)

Maximum

Typical

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Wors t-c ase Tem p) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-16 : BOR IPD vs. VDD OVER TEMP ERATURE

FIGURE 16-17: TYPICAL WDT IPD vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE

100

120

140

160

2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IPD (μA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

Maximum

Typical

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IPD (μA)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-18: MAXIMUM WDT IPD vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE

FIGURE 16-19 : WDT PERIOD vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE

Maximum

Max. 125°C

Max. 85°C

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IPD (μA)

Maximum: Mean (Wors t-case Tem p) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

Minimum

Typical

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Time (ms)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C) Max. (125°C)

Max. (85°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-20: WDT PERIOD vs. TEMPERATURE OVER VDD (5.0V)

FIGURE 16-21 : CVREF IPD vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE (HIGH RANGE)

Vdd = 5V

-40°C 25°C 85°C 125°C

Temperature (°C)

Time (ms)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

Maximum

Typical

Minimum

High Range

Typical

Max. 85°C

100

120

140

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IPD (μA)

Max. 125°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Me an (Wors t-case Te mp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-22 : CVREF IPD vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE (LOW RANGE)

FIGURE 16-23 : VOL vs. IOL OVER TEMPERATURE (VDD = 3.0V )

Typical

Max. 85°C

100

120

140

160

180

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IPD (μA)

Max. 125°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

(VDD = 3V, -40×C TO 125×C)

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0

IOL (m A)

VOL (V)

Max. 85°C

Max. 125°C

Typical 25°C

Min. -40°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst -cas e Tem p) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-24 : VOL vs. IOL OVER TEMPERATURE (VDD = 5.0V )

FIGURE 16-25 : VOH vs. IOH OVER TEMPERATURE (VDD = 3.0V)

0.00

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.25

0.30

0.35

0.40

0.45

5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0

IOL (mA)

VOL (V)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25×C

Maximum: Means + 3 (-40×C to 125×C)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

Max. 85°C

Typ. 25°C

Min. -40°C

Max. 125°C

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

-4.0-3.5-3.0-2.5-2.0-1.5-1.0-0.50.0 IOH (mA)

VOH (V)

Typ. 25°C

Max. -40°C

Min. 125°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst -cas e Tem p) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-26 : VOH vs. IOH OVER TEMPERATURE (VDD = 5.0V)

FIGURE 16-27: TTL INPUT THRESHOLD VIN vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE

(VDD = 5V, -40×C TO 125×C)

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

-5.0-4.5-4.0-3.5-3.0-2.5-2.0-1.5-1.0-0.50.0 IOH (mA)

VOH (V)

Max. -40°C

Typ. 25°C

Min. 125°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

(TTL Input, -40×C TO 125×C)

0.5

0.7

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.7

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

VIN (V)

Typ. 25°C

Max. -40°C

Min. 125°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Wors t-c ase Tem p) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-28: SCHMITT TRIGGER INPUT THRESHOLD VIN vs. VDD OVER TEMP ERATURE

FIGURE 16-29 : T1OSC IPD vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE (32 kHz)

(ST Input, -40×C TO 125×C)

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

VIN (V)

VIH Max. 125°C

VIH Min. -40°C

VIL Min. 125°C

VIL Max. -40°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Wors t-case Tem p) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

Typ. 25°C

Max. 85°C

Max. 125°C

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

IPD (mA)

Maximum: Mean + 3 (-40×C to 125×C)

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-30: COMPARATOR RESPONSE TIME (RISING EDGE)

FIGURE 16-31: COMPARATOR RESPONSE TIME (FALLING EDGE)

531 806

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

2.0 2.5 4.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Response Time (nS)

Max. 85°C

Typ. 25°C

Min. -40°C

Max. 125°C

Note:

V- input = Transition from VCM + 100MV to VCM - 20MV

V+ input = VCM

VCM = VDD - 1.5V)/2

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

2.0 2.5 4.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Response Time (nS)

Max. 85°C

Typ. 25°C

Min. -40°C

Max. 125°C

Not e :

V- input = Transition from VCM - 100MV to VCM + 20MV

V+ input = VCM

VCM = VDD - 1.5V)/2

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-32: LFINTOSC FREQUENCY vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE (31 kHz)

FIGURE 16-33: ADC CLOCK PERIOD vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE

LFINTOSC 31Khz

5,000

10,000

15,000

20,000

25,000

30,000

35,000

40,000

45,000

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Frequency (Hz)

Max. -40°C

Typ. 25°C

Min. 85°C

Min. 125°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Time (μs)

25°C

85°C

125°C

-40°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-34: TYPICAL HFINTOSC START-UP TIMES vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE

FIGURE 16-35: MAXIMUM HFINTOSC START-UP TIMES vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Time (μs)

85°C

25°C

-40°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

-40C to +85C

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Time (μs)

-40°C

85°C

25°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-36: MINIMUM HFINTOSC START-UP TIMES vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE

FIGURE 16-37: TYPICAL HFINTOSC FREQUENCY CHANGE vs. VDD (25°C)

-40C to +85C

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Time (μs)

-40°C

25°C

85°C

Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C

Maximum: Mean (Worst-case Temp) + 3σ

(-40°C to 125°C)

-5

-4

-3

-2

-1

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Cha n ge f r o m C a librat i on (%)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-38: TYPICAL HFINTOSC FREQUENCY CHANGE OVER DEVICE VDD (85°C)

FIGURE 16-39: TYPICAL HFINTOSC FREQUENCY CHANGE vs. VDD (125°C)

-5

-4

-3

-2

-1

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Change from Calibration (%)

-5

-4

-3

-2

-1

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Change from Calibr a tion (%)

PIC12F683

FIGURE 16-40: TYPICAL HFINTOSC FREQUENCY CHANGE vs. VDD (-40°C)

-5

-4

-3

-2

-1

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

VDD (V)

Change from Calibr a tion (%)

PIC12F683

NOTES:

PIC12F683

17.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION

17.1 Package Marking Information

*Standard PIC® device marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code and traceability

code. For PIC device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check with your Microchip

Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP price.

XXXXXNNN

8-Lead PDIP

XXXXXXXX

YYWW I/P 017

Example

12F683

0415

8-Lead SOIC (3.90 mm)

XXXXXXXX

XXXXYYWW

NNN

Example

12F683

I/SN0415

017

Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information

Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)

YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)

WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)

NNN Alphanumeric traceability code

Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn)

*This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designat or ( )

can be found on the outer packaging for this package.

Note: In the even t the full M icrochip p art numb er cann ot be marked o n one lin e, it wil l

be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available

characters for customer-specific information.

XXXXXX

8-Lead DFN (4x4x0.9 mm)

XXXXXX

YYWW

NNN

12F683

Example

I/MD

0415

017

XXXXXXX

8-Lead DFN-S (6x5 mm)

XXXXXXX

XXYYWW

NNN

12F683

Example

I/MF

0415

017

PIC12F683

17.2 Package Details

The following sections give the technical details of the packages.

8-Lead Plastic Dual In-Line (P or PA) – 300 mil Body [PDIP]

otes:

. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located with the hatched area.

. § Significant Characteristic.

. Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010" per side.

. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.

BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

Units INCHES

Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX

Number of Pins N 8

Pitch e .100 BSC

Top to Seating Plane A – – .210

Molded Package Thickness A2 .115 .130 .195

Base to Seating Plane A1 .015 – –

Shoulder to Shoulder Width E .290 .310 .325

Molded Package Width E1 .240 .250 .280

Overall Length D .348 . 365 .400

Tip to Seating Plane L .115 .130 .150

Lead Thickness c .008 .010 .015

Upper Lead Width b1 .040 .060 .070

Lower Lead Width b .014 .018 .022

Overall Row Spacing § eB – – .430

NOTE 1

Microchip Technology Drawing C04-018

PIC12F683

8-Lead Plastic Small Outl ine (SN or OA) – Narrow, 3.90 mm Body [SOIC]

Notes:

1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.

2. § Significant Characteristic.

3. Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.15 mm per side.

4. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.

BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.

REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

Units MILLIMETERS

Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX

Number of Pins N 8

Pitch e 1.27 BSC

Overall Height A – – 1.75

Molded Package Thickness A2 1.25 – –

Standoff §A1 0.10 – 0.25

Overall Width E 6.00 BSC

Molded Package Width E1 3.90 BSC

Overall Length D 4.90 BSC

Chamfer (optional) h 0.25 – 0.50

Foot Length L 0.40 – 1.27

Footprint L1 1.04 REF

Foot Angle φ0° – 8°

Lead Thickness c 0.17 – 0.25

Lead Width b 0.31 – 0.51

Mold Draft Angle Top α5° – 15°

Mold Draft Angle Bottom β5° – 15°

NOTE 1

12 3

Microchip Technology Drawing C04-057

PIC12F683

8-Lead Plastic Dual Flat, No Lead Package (MD) – 4x4x0.9 mm Body [DFN]

otes:

. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.

. Package may have one or more exposed tie bars at ends.

. Package is saw singulated.

. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.

BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.

REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

Units MILLIMETERS

Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX

Number of Pins N 8

Pitch e 0.80 BSC

Overall Height A 0.80 0.90 1.00

Standoff A1 0.00 0.02 0.05

Contact Thickness A3 0.20 REF

Overall Length D 4.00 BSC

Exposed Pad Width E2 0.00 2 .20 2.80

Overall Width E 4.00 BSC

Exposed Pad Length D2 0.00 3.00 3.60

Contact Width b 0.25 0.30 0.35

Contact Length L 0.30 0.55 0.65

Contact-to-Exposed Pad K 0.20 – –

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 1

EXPOSED

PAD

TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW

Microchip Technology Drawing C04-131

PIC12F683

8-Lead Plastic Dual Flat, No Lead Package (MF) – 6x5 mm Body [DFN-S]

PUNCH SINGULATED

Notes:

1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.

2. Package may have one or more exposed tie bars at ends.

3. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.

BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.

REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

Units MILLIMETERS

Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX

Number of Pins N 8

Pitch e 1.27 BSC

Overall Height A – 0.85 1.00

Molded Package Thickness A2 – 0.65 0.80

Standoff A1 0.00 0.01 0.05

Base Thickness A 3 0.20 REF

Overall Length D 4.92 BSC

Molded Package Length D1 4.67 BSC

Exposed Pad Length D2 3.85 4.00 4.15

Overall Width E 5.99 BSC

Molded Package Width E1 5.74 BSC

Exposed Pad Width E2 2.16 2.31 2.46

Contact Width b 0.35 0.40 0.47

Contact Length L 0.50 0.60 0.75

Contact-to-Exposed Pad K 0.20 – –

Model Draft Angle Top φ– – 12°

NOTE 2

NOTE 1

EXPOSED

PAD

BOTTOM VIEW

TOP VIEW

Microchip Technology Drawing C04-113

PIC12F683

NOTES:

PIC12F683

APPENDIX A: DATA SHEET

REVISION HISTORY

Revision A

This is a new data sheet.

Revision B

Rewr ites of the Oscillat or and Sp ecial Fe atures of the

CPU sections. General corrections to Figures and

formatting.

Revision C

Revisions throughout document. Incorporated Golden

Chapters.

Revision D

Replaced Package Drawings; Revised Product ID

Section (SN packa ge to 3.90 mm ); Replac ed PICmic ro

with PIC; Replaced Dev Tool Section.

APPENDIX B: MIGRATING FROM

OTHER PIC®

DEVICES

This discusses some of the issues in migrating from

other PIC devices to the PIC12F683 device.

B.1 PIC16F676 to PIC12F683

TABLE B-1: FEATURE COMPARISON

Feature PIC16F676 PIC12F683

Max Operating

Speed 20 MHz 20 MHz

Max Program

Memory (Words) 1024 2048

SRAM (bytes) 64 128

A/D Resolution 10-bit 10-bit

Data EEPROM

(Bytes) 128 256

Timers (8/16-bit) 1/1 2/1

Oscillator Modes 8 8

Brown-out Reset Y Y

Internal Pull -up s RA0/1/2/4/5 GP0/1/2/4/ 5,

MCLR

Interrupt-on-change RA0/1/2/3/4/5 GP0/1/2/3/4/5

Comparator 1 1

ECCP N N

Ultra Low-Power

Wake-Up NY

Extended WDT N Y

Software Control

Option of WDT/BOR NY

INTO SC

Frequencies 4MHz 32kHz-

8MHz

Clock Switch in g N Y

Note: This device has been designed to perform

to the parameters of its data sheet. It has

been tested to an electrical specification

designed to determine its conformance

with these parameters. Due to process

differences in the manufacture of this

device, this device may have different

performan ce c harac teristi cs than it s ea rlier

version. These differences may cause this

device to perform differently in your

application than the earlier version of this

device.

PIC12F683

NOTES:

© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41211D-page 167
PIC12F683
INDEX
A
A/D Specifications....................................................133, 134
Absolute Maximum Ratings..............................................115
AC Characteristics
Industrial and Extended............................................125
Load Conditions............................... .. .. .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. ..124
ADC ....................................................................................61
Acquisition Requirements ...........................................67
Associ a te d  registers................ ............................ ........69
Block Diag ram............. ........................... .....................61
Calculating Acquisition Time.......................................67
Channel Selection.............................. .... .. .... ....... .. .... ..61
Configuration...............................................................61
Configuring Interrupt...................................................64
Conversi o n  Clo ck...... ..................... .............. ...............62
Conversion Procedure ............................................ ....64
GPIO Configuration .....................................................61
Internal Sampling Switch (RSS) IMPEDANCE ................67
Interrupts.....................................................................63
Operation....................................................................63
Operation During Sleep ..............................................64
Reference Voltage (VREF)...........................................62
Result For matting............ ............... ..................... ........63
Source Impedance............................. .... .... ........... .... ..67
Special Event Trigger..................................................64
Starting an A/D Conversion ........................................63
ADCON0 Register ...............................................................65
ADRESH Register (ADFM = 0)...........................................66
ADRESH Register (ADFM = 1)...........................................66
ADRESL Register (ADFM = 0)............................................66
ADRESL Register (ADFM = 1)............................................66
Analog Input Connection Considerations............................52
Analog-to-Digital Converter. See ADC
ANSEL Register..................................................................33
Assembler
MPASM Assembler...................................................112
B
Block Diagrams
(CCP) Capture Mode Operation .................................76
ADC ............................................................................61
ADC Transfer Function...............................................68
Analog Input Model...............................................52, 68
CCP PWM...................................................................78
Clock Source...............................................................19
Comparator.................................................................51
Compare.....................................................................77
Crystal Operation........................................................22
External RC Mode.......................................................23
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM).................................29
GP1 Pin.......................................................................37
GP2 Pin.......................................................................37
GP3 Pin.......................................................................38
GP4 Pin.......................................................................38
GP5 Pin.......................................................................39
In-Circuit Serial Programming Connections..............100
Inter rupt Logic............. ..................... ...........................93
MCLR Circuit................... ..................... ..................... ..86
On-Chip Rese t Circuit...................... ............... ............85
PIC12F683....................................................................5
Resonator Operation ...................................................22
Timer1.........................................................................44
Timer2 ........................................................................ 49
TMR0/WDT Prescaler ................................................ 41
Watchdog Timer (WDT).............................................. 96
Brown-o u t Re set (BOR)............... .............. ..................... .... 87
Associated.................................................................. 88
Calibration .................................................................. 87
Specifications ........................................................... 129
Timing and Characteristics................ .. ......... .. .... .. .... 128
C
C Compilers
MPLAB C18........ ........................... ..................... ...... 112
MPLAB C30........ ........................... ..................... ...... 112
Calibration Bits.................................................................... 85
Capture Module. See Capture/Compare /PWM  (CCP)
Capture/Compare/P WM (CCP).......................... ................ 75
Associated registers w/ Capture, Compare 
and Timer1 ......................................................... 81
Associated registers w/ PWM and Timer2.................. 81
Capture Mod e............. ..................... ........................... 76
CCPx Pin Configu ration............... ..................... .......... 76
Compare Mode....... ..................... ..................... .......... 77
CCPx Pin Configu ration......... ..................... ........ 77
Software Interrupt Mode............................... 76, 77
Special Event Trigger......................................... 77
Timer1 Mode Selection................................. 76, 77
Prescaler .................................................................... 76
PWM Mode.......................... ..................... .................. 78
Duty Cycle........ ..................... ..................... ........ 79
Effects of Reset............. ..................... ................ 80
Example PWM Frequencies  and 
Resolutions, 20 MHZ.................................. 79
Example PWM Frequencies  and 
Resolutions, 8 MHz.................................... 79
Operation in Sleep Mode............................ .... .. .. 80
Setup for Operation............................................ 80
System Clock Frequency Changes.................... 80
PWM Period ... ........................... ................................. 79
Setup for PWM Operation .......................................... 80
Timer Resources........................................................ 75
CCP. See Capture/Compare/PWM  (CCP)
CCP1CON Regis te r.............. ..................... ..................... .... 75
Clock Sources
External Modes........................................................... 21
EC ...................................................................... 21
HS ...................................................................... 22
LP....................................................................... 22
OST.................................................................... 21
RC ...................................................................... 23
XT....................................................................... 22
Internal Modes............................................................ 23
Frequency Selection........................................... 25
HFINTOSC......................................................... 23
INTOSC.............................................................. 23
INTOSCIO.......................................................... 23
LFINTOSC.......................................................... 25
Clock Switching.................................................................. 27
Code Examples
A/D Conver sion ............................. ..................... ........ 64
Assigni n g  Prescale r to Timer0.... .................... ............ 42
Assigni n g  Prescale r to WDT..................................... .. 42
Changing Between Capture Prescalers ..................... 76
Data EEPRO M Read...... ..................... ..................... .. 73
Data EEPRO M Write.............................. .................... 73

PIC12F683
DS41211D-page 168 © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
Indirect Addressing .....................................................18
Initializing GPIO ..........................................................31
Saving STATUS and W Registers in RAM .................95
Ultra  L o w - Pow e r Wake - u p  In i tiali z atio n ...... .. ......... .....3 5
Write Verify .................................................................73
Code Protection ..................................................................99
Comparator.........................................................................51
C2OUT as T1 Gate.... ..................... ..................... .......57
Configurations.............................................................53
I/O Operating Modes....................... ..... .... .. .. .. .... .. .......53
Interrupts.....................................................................55
Operation ..............................................................51, 54
Operation During Sleep ..............................................56
Response Time.................................................. .........54
Synchronizing COUT w/Timer1 ..................................57
Comparator Module
Associ a te d  registers.................... ............................ ....59
Comparator Voltage Reference (CVREF)
Response Time.................................................. .........54
Comparator Voltage Reference (CVREF)............................58
Effects of a Reset........................................................56
Specifications............................................................132
Comparators
C2OUT as T1 Gate.... ..................... ..................... .......45
Effects of a Reset........................................................56
Specifications............................................................132
Compare Module. See Capture/Compare/ PWM (CCP)
CONFIG Regi ster.......................... ..................... .................84
Configuration Bits................................................................83
CPU Features .....................................................................83
Customer Change Notification Service .............................171
Custome r Notification Ser vice.......................... ............... ..171
Customer Support.............................................. .... .... .......171
D
Data EEPRO M Memor y
Associ a te d  Re g i sters ........ ........................... ...............74
Code Protection ....................................................71, 74
Data Memory Organization.. .................................................7
Map of the PIC12F683..................................................8
DC and AC Characteristics
Graphs and Tables ...................................................137
DC Characteristics
Extended and Industrial............................................121
Industrial and Extended............................................117
Development Support .......................................................111
Device Overview...................................................................5
E
EEADR Register .................................................................71
EECON1 Regist e r........ ............... ..................... ...................72
EECON2 Regist e r........ ............... ..................... ...................72
EEDAT Regi ster.......................... ..................... ...................71
EEPROM Data Memory
Avoiding Spurious Write..............................................74
Reading.......................................................................73
Write Verify .................................................................73
Writing.........................................................................73
Effects of Reset
PWM mode............ ............................ ..................... ....80
Electrical Specifications ....................................................115
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP)
Specifications............................................................131
Errata ....................................................................................3
F
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor ...................................................... 29
Fail-Safe Condition Clearing....................................... 29
Fail-Safe Detection..................................................... 29
Fail-Safe Operation..................................................... 29
Reset or Wak e-u p  from Sleep ......... ..................... ...... 29
Firmware Instructions ....................................................... 101
Fuses. See Configuration Bits
G
General Purpose Register File ...................... .... ........... .... .... 8
GPIO................................................................................... 31
Additional Pin Functions............................................. 32
ANSEL Register ................................................. 32
Interrupt-on-Change ........................................... 32
Ultra Low-Power Wake-up ............................ 32, 35
Weak Pull-up...................................................... 32
Associ a te d  Re g i st e rs...... ..................... ....................... 39
GP0 ............................................................................ 36
GP1 ............................................................................ 37
GP2 ............................................................................ 37
GP3 ............................................................................ 38
GP4 ............................................................................ 38
GP5 ............................................................................ 39
Pin Descriptions and Diagrams .................................. 36
Specifications ........................................................... 127
GPIO Regis te r ................................... ..................... ............ 31
I
ID Locations........................................................................ 99
In-Circuit Debugger ........................................................... 100
In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP)............................... 100
Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR Registers ...... ............. 18
Instruction Format............................................................. 101
Instruction Set................................................................... 101
ADDLW..................................................................... 103
ADDWF..................................................................... 103
ANDLW..................................................................... 103
ANDWF..................................................................... 103
BCF .......................................................................... 103
BSF........................................................................... 103
BTFSC...................................................................... 103
BTFSS...................................................................... 104
CALL......................................................................... 104
CLRF ........................................................................ 104
CLRW....................................................................... 104
CLRWDT .................................................................. 104
COMF....................................................................... 104
DECF........................................................................ 104
DECFSZ ................................................................... 105
GOTO....................................................................... 105
INCF ......................................................................... 105
INCFSZ..................................................................... 105
IORLW...................................................................... 105
IORWF...................................................................... 105
MOVF ....................................................................... 106
MOVLW.................................................................... 106
MOVWF.................................................................... 106
NOP.......................................................................... 106
RETFIE..................................................................... 107
RETLW..................................................................... 107
RETURN................................................................... 107
RLF........................................................................... 108
RRF .......................................................................... 108
SLEEP...................................................................... 108

© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41211D-page 169
PIC12F683
SUBLW.....................................................................108
SUBWF.....................................................................109
SWAPF.....................................................................109
XORLW.....................................................................109
XORWF.....................................................................109
INTCON Register................................................................14
Internal Oscillator Block
INTOSC
Specifications............................................126, 127
Internal Sampling Switch (RSS) IMPEDANCE ........................67
Inter n e t Ad d ress............ ........................... .........................171
Interrupts.............................................................................92
ADC ............................................................................64
Associ a te d  Re g i sters.......... ..................... ...................94
Comparator.................................................................55
Context Saving............................................................95
Data EEPROM Mem o ry Write ......... ..................... ......72
GP2/INT......................................................................92
GPIO Interrupt-on-change ..........................................93
Interrupt-on-Change....................................................32
Timer0.........................................................................93
TMR1..........................................................................46
INTOSC Specifications .............................. .... ...... .....126, 127
IOC Register.......................................................................34
L
Load Conditions...................... .. .... .. ..... .. .. .... .. .. .. .. ..... .... .. ..124
M
MCLR..................................................................................86
Internal........................................................................86
Memory Organization
Data EEPROM Mem o ry...... ..................... ...................71
Microc h i p  In ternet Web Site.... ..................... .....................171
Migra tin g  from other PIC De vices...... ..................... ..........165
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian ...................112
MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger ...................................113
MPLAB ICE 2000 High-Perform ance Universal 
In-Circuit Emulator....................................................113
MPLAB ICE 4000 High-Perform ance Universal 
In-Circuit Emulator....................................................113
MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software..111
MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer ....................................113
MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Libraria n............ ....112
O
OPCODE Fiel d  Descri p tions... ........ ............... ...................101
OPTION Register..........................................................13, 43
OSCCON Register..............................................................20
Oscillator
Associ a te d  registers................ ............................ ..30, 48
Oscillator Module ................................................................19
EC...............................................................................19
HFINTOSC..................................................................19
HS...............................................................................19
INTOSC ......................................................................19
INTOSCIO...................................................................19
LFINTOSC..................................................................19
LP................................................................................19
RC...............................................................................19
RCIO...........................................................................19
XT ...............................................................................19
Oscillator Parameters .......................................................126
Oscillator Specifications....................................................125
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
Specifications............................................................129
Oscillator Switching
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor.............................................. 29
Two-Spe ed Clock Start-up ......................... ................ 27
OSCTUNE Regis te r.............. ..................... ..................... .... 24
P
Packaging......................................................................... 159
Details....................................................................... 160
Marking..................................................................... 159
PCL and PCLATH............................................................... 18
Computed GOTO ....................................................... 18
Stack........................................................................... 18
PCON Register............................................................. 17, 88
PICSTART Plus Development Programmer..................... 114
PIE1 Register ..................................................................... 15
Pin Diagram.......................................................................... 2
Pinout Descriptions
PIC12F683 ................................................................... 6
PIR1 Register ..................................................................... 16
Power-Down Mode (Sleep)................................................. 98
Power-On Re set (POR)................... ............... .................... 86
Power-up Timer (PWRT).................................................... 86
Specifications ........................................................... 129
Precisio n In ternal Osci lla to r  Pa rameters.............. ............ 127
Prescaler
Shared WDT/Timer0....... ..................... ..................... .. 42
Switching Prescaler Assignment................................ 42
Program Mem ory O rganization. .......................................... .. 7
Map and Stack for the PIC12F683............................... 7
Programming, Device Instructions.................................... 101
R
Reader Response............................................................. 172
Read-Modify-Write Operations......................................... 101
Registers
ADCON0 (ADC Control 0)...................... .............. ...... 65
ADRESH (ADC Result High) wi th  ADFM  = 0)............ 66
ADRESH (ADC Result High) wi th  ADFM  = 1)............ 66
ADRESL (ADC Result Low) with ADFM = 0).............. 66
ADRESL (ADC Result Low) with ADFM = 1).............. 66
ANSEL (Analog Select).............................................. 33
CCP1CON (CCP1 Cont rol) ............... ............... .......... 75
CMCON0 (Comparator Control) Register................... 56
CMCON1 (Comparator Control) Register................... 57
CONFIG (Configuration Word)................................... 84
EEADR (EEPROM Address)...................................... 71
EECON1 (EEPROM Control 1 )................ .................. 72
EECON2 (EEPROM Control 2 )................ .................. 72
EEDAT (EEPROM Data)............................................ 71
GPIO........................................................................... 31
INTCON (Interrupt Control) ........................................ 14
IOC (Interrupt-on-Change GPIO) ............................... 34
OPTION_R EG (OPTION)..................................... 13, 43
OSCCON (Oscillator Control)..................................... 20
OSCTUNE (Oscillator Tuning)..... ............... .............. .. 24
PCON (Power Control Register)................................. 17
PCON (Power Control)............................................... 88
PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 1) .......................... 15
PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Register 1)........................ 16
Reset Value s............ ........................... ..................... .. 90
Reset Values (Special Registers)............................... 91
STATUS ..................................................................... 12
T1CON ....................................................................... 47
T2CON ....................................................................... 50
TRISIO (Tri-State GPIO) ............................................ 32
VRCON (Voltage Reference Control)......................... 58

PIC12F683
DS41211D-page 170 © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
WDTCON (Watchdog Tim er Contro l)..........................97
WPU (Weak Pull-Up GPIO) ........................................34
Resets.................................................................................85
Brown-out Reset (BOR)..............................................85
MCLR Reset, Normal Operation.............. ............... ....85
MCLR Reset, Slee p........................ ............................85
Power-on  Res e t (POR)................... ..................... .......85
WDT Reset, Normal  Op eration..... ......... .............. .......85
WDT Reset, Sleep ................................... ...................85
Revision History................................................................165
S
Sleep
Power-Down Mode .....................................................98
Wake-up......................................................................98
Wake-up Using Interrupts...........................................98
Softwa re Simulator (MP L AB SIM)..... ........................... .....112
Special Event Trigger..........................................................64
Special Function Registers ...................................................8
STATUS Regi ster....... ..................... ..................... ...............12
T
T1CON Regis te r... .............. ..................... ..................... .......47
T2CON Regis te r... .............. ..................... ..................... .......50
Thermal Considerations....................................................123
Time-out Sequence.............................................. .... .. .........88
Timer0.................................................................................41
Associ a te d  Re g i sters .............. ..................... ...............43
External Clock.............................................................42
Interrupt .................................................................13, 43
Operation ..............................................................41, 44
Specifications............................................................130
T0CKI..........................................................................42
Timer1.................................................................................44
Associ a te d  registers.................... ............................ ....48
Asynchronous Counter Mode .....................................45
Reading and Writing ..... .. .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ....... ..45
Interrupt.......................................................................46
Modes of Operation .............. .. .... .. ......... .. .... .. .... .. .......44
Operation During Sleep ..............................................46
Oscillator.....................................................................45
Prescaler.....................................................................45
Specifications............................................................130
Timer1 Gate
Inverting Gate .....................................................45
Selectin g  So u rce....... .............. ..................... .45, 57
Sync h ro n i z i n g  C O U T w/Timer1 .. .. ...... ...... ..... .....5 7
TMR1H Register.........................................................44
TMR1L Register..........................................................44
Timer2
Associ a te d  registers.................... ............................ ....50
Timers
Timer1
T1CON................................................................47
Timer2
T2CON................................................................50
Timing Diagrams
A/D Conversion............................. ..................... .......135
A/D Conversion (Sleep Mode) ..................................135
Brown-out Reset (BOR)............................................128
Brown-out Reset Situations ........................................87
CLKOUT and I/O.......................................................127
Clock Timing.............................................................125
Comparator Output..................... ..................... ...........51
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP).............131
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM).................................30
INT Pin Interrupt ......................................................... 94
Inte rn a l  Oscillato r  Sw i t c h  Ti ming ...... .. ...... ..... ...... ...... . 26
Reset, WDT, OST and Power-up Timer................... 128
Time-out Sequence on Power-up (Delayed MCLR)...89
Time-out Sequence on Power-up (MCLR with VDD)..89
Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock........................... 130
Timer1 Incrementing Edge......................................... 46
Two Speed Start-up................ ..... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. ..... .. .... .. .. 28
Wake-up from Sleep Through Interrupt...................... 99
Timing Pa rameter Symb o l o g y ........ ..................... ............. 124
TRISIO Register ................................................................. 32
Two-Spe ed Clock Start-up  Mod e....... .............. ................... 27
U
Ultra Low-Power Wake-up............................................ 32, 35
V
Voltage Reference. See Comparator Voltage 
Reference (CVREF)
Voltage References
Associ a te d  registers..... ..................... ......................... 59
VREF. SEE ADC Reference Voltage
W
Wake-up Using Interrupts................................................... 98
Watchdog Timer (WDT).................................................. .... 96
Associ a te d  Re g i sters.... ............... ........................... .... 97
Clock Source .............................................................. 96
Modes......................................................................... 96
Period ......................................................................... 96
Specifications ........................................................... 129
WDTCON Register......... ..................... ..................... .......... 97
WPU Register..................................................................... 34
WWW Addres s ........ ............................ ........................... ..171
WWW, On-Line Support....................................................... 3

PIC12F683

THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE

Microc hip pro vides onl ine s upport v ia our W WW site at

www.microchip.c om . Thi s web si te i s us ed as a m ean s

to make files and information easily available to

customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet

browser, the web site contains the following informa-

tion:

•Product Support – Da ta sheet s an d e rrata, appl i-

cation note s and samp le prog ram s, des ig n

resources, user’s guides and hardware support

docume nts , latest softw are releas es and archived

software

•General Technical Support – Frequently Asked

Questions (FAQ), technical support requests,

online dis cu ss io n gr oups, Micro chip con sul tant

program member listing

•Business of Microchip – Product selector and

ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,

listing of seminars and events, listings of Micro-

chip sales offices, distributors and factory repre-

sentatives

CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION

SERVICE

Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep

customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers

will receive e-mail notification whenever there are

change s, updates, rev isions or errat a related to a s pec-

ified product family or development tool of interest.

To register, access the Microchip web site at

www.microchip.com, click on Customer Change Notifi-

cation and follow the regi stration instruc tio ns .

CUSTOMER SUPPORT

Users of Microchip products can receive assistance

through several channels:

• Distributor or Representative

• Local Sales Office

• Field Application Engineer (FAE)

• Technical Support

• Development Systems Information Line

Customers should contact their distributor, representa-

tive or field application engineer (FAE) for support.

Local sales offices are also available to help custom-

ers. A l isting of sal es offic es and locat ions is inc luded in

the back of this document.

Technical suppo rt is avail able throug h the we b site

at: http://support.microchip.com

PIC12F683

READER RESPONSE

It is ou r intention to provide you w it h th e b es t documentation po ss ible to ens ure suc c es sfu l u se of y ou r Mic r oc hip pro d-

uct. If you wi sh to prov ide you r comment s on org anizatio n, clar ity, subject matter, and ways in whic h our doc umenta tion

can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150.

Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.

To: Technical Publications Manager

RE: Reader Response Total Pages Sent ________

From: Name

Company

Address

City / State / ZIP / Country

Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________

Application (optional):

Would you like a reply? Y N

Device: Literature Number:

Questions:

FAX: (______) _________ - _________

DS41211DPIC12F683

1. What are the best features of t his document?

2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?

3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?

4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?

5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?

6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?

7. How would you improve this document?

PIC12F683

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.

PART NO. X/XX XXX

PatternPackageTemperature

Range

Device

Device: PIC12F683(1), PIC12F683T (2)

VDD range 2.0V to 5.5V

Temperature

Range: I= -40°C to +85°C(Industrial)

E= -40°C to +125°C (Extended)

Package: P = Plastic DIP

MD = Dual-Flat, No Leads (DFN-S, 4x4x0.9 mm)

MF = Dual-Flat, No Leads (DFN-S, 6x5 mm)

SN = 8-lead Small Outline (3.90 mm)

Pattern: 3-digit Pattern Code for QTP (blank otherwise)

Examples:

a) PIC12F683-E/P 301 = Extended Temp., PDIP

package, 20 MHz, QTP patter n #301

b) PIC12F683-I/SN = Industrial Temp., SOIC

package, 20 MHz

Note 1: F = Standard Voltage Range

LF = Wide Voltage Range

2: T = in tape and reel PLCC, and TQFP

packages only.

AMERICAS

Corporate Office

2355 West Chandler Blvd.

Chandler, AZ 85224-6199

Tel: 480-792-7200

Fax: 480-792-7277

Technical Support:

http://support.microchip.com

Web Address:

www.microchip.com

Atlanta

Duluth, GA

Tel: 678-957-9614

Fax: 678-957-1455

Boston

Westborough, MA

Tel: 774-760-0087

Fax: 774-760-0088

Chicago

Itasc a , IL

Tel: 630-285-0071

Fax: 630-285-0075

Dallas

Addison, TX

Tel: 972-818-7423

Fax: 972-818-2924

Detroit

Farmington Hills, MI

Tel: 248-538-2250

Fax: 248-538-2260

Kokomo

Kokomo, IN

Tel: 765-864-8360

Fax: 765-864-8387

Los A n ge les

Mission Viejo, CA

Tel: 949-462-9523

Fax: 949-462-9608

Santa Clara

Santa Clara, CA

Tel: 408-961-6444

Fax: 408-961-6445

Toronto

Mississauga, Ontario,

Canada

Tel: 905-673-0699

Fax: 905-673-6509

ASIA/PACIFIC

Asia Pacific Office

Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor

Tower 6, The Gateway

Habour City, Kowloon

Hong Kong

Tel: 852-2401-1200

Fax: 852-2401-3431

Australia - Sydney

Tel: 61-2-9868-6733

Fax: 61-2-9868-6755

China - Beijing

Tel: 86-10-8528-2100

Fax: 86-10-8528-2104

China - Chengdu

Tel: 86-28-8665-5511

Fax: 86-28-8665-7889

China - Fuzhou

Tel: 86-591-8750-3506

Fax: 86-591-8750-3521

China - Hong Kong SAR

Tel: 852-2401-1200

Fax: 852-2401-3431

China - Qingdao

Tel: 86-532-8502-7355

Fax: 86-532-8502-7205

China - Shanghai

Tel: 86-21-5407-5533

Fax: 86-21-5407-5066

China - Shenyang

Tel: 86-24-2334-2829

Fax: 86-24-2334-2393

China - Shenzhen

Tel: 86-755-8203-2660

Fax: 86-755-8203-1760

China - Shunde

Tel: 86-757-2839-5507

Fax: 86-757-2839-5571

China - Wuhan

Tel: 86-27-5980-5300

Fax: 86-27-5980-5118

China - Xian

Tel: 86-29-8833-7250

Fax: 86-29-8833-7256

ASIA/PACIFIC

India - Bangalore

Tel: 91-80-4182-8400

Fax: 91-80-4182-8422

India - New Delhi

Tel: 91-11-4160-8631

Fax: 91-11-4160-8632

India - Pune

Tel: 91-20-2566-1512

Fax: 91-20-2566-1513

Japan - Yokohama

Tel: 81-45-471- 6166

Fax: 81-45-471-6122

Korea - Gumi

Tel: 82-54-473-4301

Fax: 82-54-473-4302

Korea - Seoul

Tel: 82-2-554-7200

Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or

82-2-558-5934

Malaysia - Penang

Tel: 60-4-646-8870

Fax: 60-4-646-5086

Philippines - Manila

Tel: 63-2-634-9065

Fax: 63-2-634-9069

Singapore

Tel: 65-6334-8870

Fax: 65-6334-8850

Taiwan - Hsin Chu

Tel: 886-3-572-9526

Fax: 886-3-572-6459

Taiwan - Kaohsiung

Tel: 886-7-536-4818

Fax: 886-7-536-4803

Taiwan - T aipei

Tel: 886-2-2500-6610

Fax: 886-2-2508-0102

Thail a nd - Bangkok

Tel: 66-2-694-1351

Fax: 66-2-694-1350

EUROPE

Austria - Wels

Tel: 43-7242-2244-39

Fax: 43-7242-2244-393

Denmark - Copenhage n

Tel: 45-4450-2828

Fax: 45-4485-2829

France - Paris

Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20

Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79

Germany - Munich

Tel: 49-89-627-144-0

Fax: 49-89-627-14 4-44

Italy - Milan

Tel: 39-0331-742611

Fax: 39-0331-466781

Netherlands - Drunen

Tel: 31-416-690399

Fax: 31-416-690340

Sp ain - Madrid

Tel: 34-91-708-08-90

Fax: 34-91-708-08 -91

UK - Wokingham

Tel: 44-118-921- 5869

Fax: 44-118-921-5820

WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE

12/08/06